From 0f5d172fb6b239d8ed71ece955bf89255a311319 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 14:49:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 01/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 6be12fc851..296bef3535 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1506,10 +1506,10 @@ MRK 15 32 q5qv grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ MRK 15 32 f8yw grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which they said that Jesus should **come down now from the cross**, which was in order that **they might see and might believe**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) MRK 15 32 r6c4 figs-explicit πιστεύσωμεν 1 might believe The phrase **might believe** means to believe in Jesus. If it would help your readers you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “believe in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 32 dcb9 figs-activepassive συνεσταυρωμένοι 1 were taunting If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies in [15:20](../15/20.md) that “soldiers” are the ones who are crucifying Jesus and the two other men. Alternate translation: “who the soldiers had crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 15 33 q1gh translate-ordinal ὥρας ἕκτης 1 the sixth hour The Jews and the Romans divided the day into a twelve hour time period and the night into a twelve hour period. Here, the phrase **the sixth hour** refers to the sixth hour of the day time, often called “twelve o'clock”, or “noon”. The **the sixth hour** of the day was approximately six hours after sunrise. The term **sixth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers you can translate the phrase **the sixth hour** as “noon”, as modeled by the UST, or as “twelve o'clock” or in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase “the third hour” in [15:25](../15/25.md). Alternate translation: “the hour of twelve o'clock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -MRK 15 33 m67d translate-ordinal ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 The phrase **the ninth hour** refers to “three o'clock in the afternoon”, approximately nine hours after sunrise. The term **ninth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers you can translate the phrase **the ninth hour** as “three o’clock in the afternoon”, as modeled by the UST, or in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase “the third hour” in [15:25](../15/25.md) and the phrase **the sixth hour** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “until three hours after noon” or “for three hours” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +MRK 15 33 q1gh translate-ordinal ὥρας ἕκτης 1 the sixth hour The Jews and the Romans divided the day into a twelve hour time period and the night into a twelve hour period. Here, the phrase **the sixth hour** refers to the sixth hour of the day, often called “twelve o'clock”, or “noon” in some parts of the world. The **the sixth hour** of the day was approximately six hours after sunrise. The term **sixth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers you can translate the phrase **the sixth hour** as “noon”, as modeled by the UST, or as “twelve o'clock.” Alternately, you could translate it in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase “the third hour” in [15:25](../15/25.md). Alternate translation: “the hour of twelve o'clock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +MRK 15 33 m67d translate-ordinal ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 The phrase **the ninth hour** refers to “three o'clock in the afternoon”, approximately nine hours after sunrise. The term **ninth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers you can translate the phrase **the ninth hour** as “three o’clock in the afternoon,” as modeled by the UST, or in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase “the third hour” in [15:25](../15/25.md), and the phrase **the sixth hour** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “until three hours after noon” or “for three hours” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) MRK 15 33 jvf0 figs-go ἐγένετο 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -MRK 15 34 r6tj τῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ 1 at the ninth hour See how you translated the phrase **the ninth hour** in [15:33](../15/33.md). +MRK 15 34 r6tj translate-ordinal τῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ 1 at the ninth hour See how you translated the phrase **the ninth hour** in [15:33](../15/33.md). [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) MRK 15 34 ls1n translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει? ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, ὁ Θεός μου, ὁ Θεός μου, εἰς τί ἐγκατέλιπές με 1 Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani Jesus statement **Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani** is an Aramaic phrase. Jesus is quoting from [Psalm 22:1](../psa/22/01.md). Mark uses Greek letters to express the sounds of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded and then he told them that it meant **My God, my God, why have you forsaken me**. In your translation you can spell this phrase the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) MRK 15 34 qw71 ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον 1 is translated See how you translated the phrase **which is translated** in [15:22](../15/22.md). MRK 15 35 apg3 figs-explicit καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων, ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον 1 And some of those who had been standing by, having heard him, were saying You can state this clearly that they misunderstood what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “When some of those standing there heard his words, they misunderstood and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From c82e0197adcf1ca7cbdfb95ff1c574ac54823ef5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 15:21:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 02/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 296bef3535..6b7eba9fcd 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1513,6 +1513,7 @@ MRK 15 34 r6tj translate-ordinal τῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ 1 at the ninth hour MRK 15 34 ls1n translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει? ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, ὁ Θεός μου, ὁ Θεός μου, εἰς τί ἐγκατέλιπές με 1 Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani Jesus statement **Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani** is an Aramaic phrase. Jesus is quoting from [Psalm 22:1](../psa/22/01.md). Mark uses Greek letters to express the sounds of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded and then he told them that it meant **My God, my God, why have you forsaken me**. In your translation you can spell this phrase the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) MRK 15 34 qw71 ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον 1 is translated See how you translated the phrase **which is translated** in [15:22](../15/22.md). MRK 15 35 apg3 figs-explicit καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων, ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον 1 And some of those who had been standing by, having heard him, were saying You can state this clearly that they misunderstood what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “When some of those standing there heard his words, they misunderstood and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 15 35 awtf translate-names Ἠλείαν 1 See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [6:15](../06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 36 a8qx ὄξους 1 with sour wine “with vinegar” MRK 15 36 un73 καλάμῳ 1 a reed “a stick.” This was a staff made from a reed. MRK 15 36 yb55 figs-explicit ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν 1 was giving it to him to drink “was giving it to Jesus.” The man held up the staff so that Jesus could drink wine from the sponge. Alternate translation: “held it up to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 9f555743e7bf1ee69c9b522d48f85cca19c12ace Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 15:23:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 03/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 6b7eba9fcd..16f09c4d15 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1512,7 +1512,7 @@ MRK 15 33 jvf0 figs-go ἐγένετο 1 Your language may say “went” rathe MRK 15 34 r6tj translate-ordinal τῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ 1 at the ninth hour See how you translated the phrase **the ninth hour** in [15:33](../15/33.md). [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) MRK 15 34 ls1n translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει? ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, ὁ Θεός μου, ὁ Θεός μου, εἰς τί ἐγκατέλιπές με 1 Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani Jesus statement **Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani** is an Aramaic phrase. Jesus is quoting from [Psalm 22:1](../psa/22/01.md). Mark uses Greek letters to express the sounds of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded and then he told them that it meant **My God, my God, why have you forsaken me**. In your translation you can spell this phrase the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) MRK 15 34 qw71 ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον 1 is translated See how you translated the phrase **which is translated** in [15:22](../15/22.md). -MRK 15 35 apg3 figs-explicit καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων, ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον 1 And some of those who had been standing by, having heard him, were saying You can state this clearly that they misunderstood what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “When some of those standing there heard his words, they misunderstood and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 15 35 apg3 figs-explicit καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων, ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον 1 And some of those who had been standing by, having heard him, were saying If it would help your readers you could indicate explicitly that some of the people standing by misunderstood what Jesus said as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 35 awtf translate-names Ἠλείαν 1 See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [6:15](../06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 36 a8qx ὄξους 1 with sour wine “with vinegar” MRK 15 36 un73 καλάμῳ 1 a reed “a stick.” This was a staff made from a reed. From f3d5773565459e03659a4327423a792ac5c05d5a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 17:15:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 04/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 16f09c4d15..ef3093a694 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1514,8 +1514,8 @@ MRK 15 34 ls1n translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβ MRK 15 34 qw71 ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον 1 is translated See how you translated the phrase **which is translated** in [15:22](../15/22.md). MRK 15 35 apg3 figs-explicit καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων, ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον 1 And some of those who had been standing by, having heard him, were saying If it would help your readers you could indicate explicitly that some of the people standing by misunderstood what Jesus said as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 35 awtf translate-names Ἠλείαν 1 See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [6:15](../06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 15 36 a8qx ὄξους 1 with sour wine “with vinegar” MRK 15 36 un73 καλάμῳ 1 a reed “a stick.” This was a staff made from a reed. +MRK 15 36 pj44 translate-names Ἠλείας 1 See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [6:15](../06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 36 yb55 figs-explicit ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν 1 was giving it to him to drink “was giving it to Jesus.” The man held up the staff so that Jesus could drink wine from the sponge. Alternate translation: “held it up to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 38 ni8j figs-activepassive τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in two Mark is showing that God himself split **the curtain of the temple**. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God split the curtain of the temple in two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 15 39 lg4u ὁ κεντυρίων 1 the centurion This is **the centurion** who supervised the soldiers who crucified Jesus. From 6aed3766dd4c32cf70374bc96460870cda7cfd4e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 17:44:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 05/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index ef3093a694..50db51a1c7 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1514,9 +1514,8 @@ MRK 15 34 ls1n translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβ MRK 15 34 qw71 ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον 1 is translated See how you translated the phrase **which is translated** in [15:22](../15/22.md). MRK 15 35 apg3 figs-explicit καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων, ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον 1 And some of those who had been standing by, having heard him, were saying If it would help your readers you could indicate explicitly that some of the people standing by misunderstood what Jesus said as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 35 awtf translate-names Ἠλείαν 1 See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [6:15](../06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 15 36 un73 καλάμῳ 1 a reed “a stick.” This was a staff made from a reed. MRK 15 36 pj44 translate-names Ἠλείας 1 See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [6:15](../06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 15 36 yb55 figs-explicit ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν 1 was giving it to him to drink “was giving it to Jesus.” The man held up the staff so that Jesus could drink wine from the sponge. Alternate translation: “held it up to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 15 37 xkpk ἀφεὶς φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 See how you translated the phrase **cried out with a loud voice** in [15:34](../15/34.md). MRK 15 38 ni8j figs-activepassive τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in two Mark is showing that God himself split **the curtain of the temple**. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God split the curtain of the temple in two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 15 39 lg4u ὁ κεντυρίων 1 the centurion This is **the centurion** who supervised the soldiers who crucified Jesus. MRK 15 39 y4wn ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ 1 who had stood in front of him Alternate translation: “who stood in front of Jesus” From e702d5ca6bd2bfcc844f5601ff7372835ea76e0f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 17:50:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 06/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 50db51a1c7..060b85e662 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1516,11 +1516,12 @@ MRK 15 35 apg3 figs-explicit καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων, MRK 15 35 awtf translate-names Ἠλείαν 1 See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [6:15](../06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 36 pj44 translate-names Ἠλείας 1 See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [6:15](../06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 37 xkpk ἀφεὶς φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 See how you translated the phrase **cried out with a loud voice** in [15:34](../15/34.md). +MRK 15 37 puak ἐξέπνευσεν  1 MRK 15 38 ni8j figs-activepassive τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in two Mark is showing that God himself split **the curtain of the temple**. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God split the curtain of the temple in two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 15 39 lg4u ὁ κεντυρίων 1 the centurion This is **the centurion** who supervised the soldiers who crucified Jesus. MRK 15 39 y4wn ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ 1 who had stood in front of him Alternate translation: “who stood in front of Jesus” MRK 15 39 t828 ὅτι οὕτως ἐξέπνευσεν 1 that he had breathed his last in this way Alternate translation: “how Jesus had died” or “the way Jesus had died” -MRK 15 39 hue4 ἐξέπνευσεν 1 Alternate translation: “he had breathed his last breaths” +MRK 15 39 hue4 ἐξέπνευσεν 1 See how you translated the phrase **breathed his last** in [15:37](../15/37.md). MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 15 40 i1ee ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦσαι 1 looking on from a distance “watching from far away” MRK 15 40 zc9b ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 (the mother of James the younger and of Joses) This can be written without the parentheses. Alternate translation: “who was the mother of James the younger and of Joses” From 21db4aab4c139fd4dc7a138f6fa6af1c9f3e2c7f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 18:02:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 07/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 060b85e662..40ce023626 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@ MRK 15 35 apg3 figs-explicit καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων, MRK 15 35 awtf translate-names Ἠλείαν 1 See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [6:15](../06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 36 pj44 translate-names Ἠλείας 1 See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [6:15](../06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 37 xkpk ἀφεὶς φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 See how you translated the phrase **cried out with a loud voice** in [15:34](../15/34.md). -MRK 15 37 puak ἐξέπνευσεν  1 +MRK 15 37 puak figs-explicit ἐξέπνευσεν 1 The phrase **breathed his last** means that Jesus “died.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 38 ni8j figs-activepassive τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in two Mark is showing that God himself split **the curtain of the temple**. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God split the curtain of the temple in two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 15 39 lg4u ὁ κεντυρίων 1 the centurion This is **the centurion** who supervised the soldiers who crucified Jesus. MRK 15 39 y4wn ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ 1 who had stood in front of him Alternate translation: “who stood in front of Jesus” From d9a6fb034836e4adbe4a6fa22e148f4628912f5e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 18:09:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 08/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 40ce023626..ba5c8ac700 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1510,6 +1510,7 @@ MRK 15 33 q1gh translate-ordinal ὥρας ἕκτης 1 the sixth hour The Jews MRK 15 33 m67d translate-ordinal ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 The phrase **the ninth hour** refers to “three o'clock in the afternoon”, approximately nine hours after sunrise. The term **ninth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers you can translate the phrase **the ninth hour** as “three o’clock in the afternoon,” as modeled by the UST, or in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase “the third hour” in [15:25](../15/25.md), and the phrase **the sixth hour** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “until three hours after noon” or “for three hours” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) MRK 15 33 jvf0 figs-go ἐγένετο 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 15 34 r6tj translate-ordinal τῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ 1 at the ninth hour See how you translated the phrase **the ninth hour** in [15:33](../15/33.md). [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +MRK 15 34 azt0 figs-idiom ἐβόησεν…φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 The expression **cried out with a loud voice** is an idiom that means Jesus raised the volume of his **voice**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “crying out loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 15 34 ls1n translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει? ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, ὁ Θεός μου, ὁ Θεός μου, εἰς τί ἐγκατέλιπές με 1 Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani Jesus statement **Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani** is an Aramaic phrase. Jesus is quoting from [Psalm 22:1](../psa/22/01.md). Mark uses Greek letters to express the sounds of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded and then he told them that it meant **My God, my God, why have you forsaken me**. In your translation you can spell this phrase the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) MRK 15 34 qw71 ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον 1 is translated See how you translated the phrase **which is translated** in [15:22](../15/22.md). MRK 15 35 apg3 figs-explicit καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων, ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον 1 And some of those who had been standing by, having heard him, were saying If it would help your readers you could indicate explicitly that some of the people standing by misunderstood what Jesus said as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 36f932a8dc7d007ba30ea83d27dfc74be4784520 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 18:09:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 09/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index ba5c8ac700..1eeee75b88 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@ MRK 15 34 qw71 ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον 1 is translated MRK 15 35 apg3 figs-explicit καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων, ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον 1 And some of those who had been standing by, having heard him, were saying If it would help your readers you could indicate explicitly that some of the people standing by misunderstood what Jesus said as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 35 awtf translate-names Ἠλείαν 1 See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [6:15](../06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 36 pj44 translate-names Ἠλείας 1 See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [6:15](../06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 15 37 xkpk ἀφεὶς φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 See how you translated the phrase **cried out with a loud voice** in [15:34](../15/34.md). +MRK 15 37 xkpk figs-idiom ἀφεὶς φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 See how you translated the phrase **cried out with a loud voice** in [15:34](../15/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 15 37 puak figs-explicit ἐξέπνευσεν 1 The phrase **breathed his last** means that Jesus “died.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 38 ni8j figs-activepassive τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in two Mark is showing that God himself split **the curtain of the temple**. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God split the curtain of the temple in two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 15 39 lg4u ὁ κεντυρίων 1 the centurion This is **the centurion** who supervised the soldiers who crucified Jesus. From 42b201cc4a572d378a7470500c16f9f7cb1d7bf0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 18:18:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 10/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 1eeee75b88..8f310e93d9 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1519,6 +1519,7 @@ MRK 15 36 pj44 translate-names Ἠλείας 1 See how you translated the name MRK 15 37 xkpk figs-idiom ἀφεὶς φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 See how you translated the phrase **cried out with a loud voice** in [15:34](../15/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 15 37 puak figs-explicit ἐξέπνευσεν 1 The phrase **breathed his last** means that Jesus “died.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 38 ni8j figs-activepassive τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in two Mark is showing that God himself split **the curtain of the temple**. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God split the curtain of the temple in two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 15 38 sk3r translate-symaction τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) MRK 15 39 lg4u ὁ κεντυρίων 1 the centurion This is **the centurion** who supervised the soldiers who crucified Jesus. MRK 15 39 y4wn ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ 1 who had stood in front of him Alternate translation: “who stood in front of Jesus” MRK 15 39 t828 ὅτι οὕτως ἐξέπνευσεν 1 that he had breathed his last in this way Alternate translation: “how Jesus had died” or “the way Jesus had died” From ca957378d18d0fa55c0f55040fa507ab75cc8ba7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 18:20:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 11/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 8f310e93d9..42aced12f0 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1427,7 +1427,7 @@ MRK 14 72 ja3e translate-ordinal ἐκ δευτέρου 1 a second time The word MRK 14 72 cfno figs-metonymy ῥῆμα 1 Mark is using the term **word** figuratively to describe what Jesus had said using words. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “statement Jesus had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 14 72 trxc τρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ 1 Alternate translation: “you will say three times that you do not know me” MRK 14 72 zr4p figs-idiom ἐπιβαλὼν, ἔκλαιεν 1 having broken down The Greek phrase which the ULT translates as **having broken down** could (1) be an idiom idiom which means that Peter became overwhelmed with grief and lost control of his emotions. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “having become overwhelmed with grief” or “having lost control of his emotions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) (2) also be translated as “having thought of it” or “having reflected on it.” Alternate translation: “having thought of it, he was weeping” or “having reflected on it, he was weeping” or “having thought about what he had just done, he was weeping” (3) also be translated as “he began” Alternate translation: “he began weeping” or “he started crying” -MRK 15 intro d823 0 # Mark 15 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”

The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.

### The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Sarcasm

The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they put a “purple robe” on him and placed a “crown of thorns” on his head (See Mark 15:17) and said, “Hail, King of the Jews” (See Mark 15:18) and bent their knees and bowed down to him (See Mark 15:19) because these actions were symbolic of things that people would do to a king but they did not really believe that Jesus was a king. By pretending that they thought Jesus was a king, and by putting a “crown of thorns” on Jesus’ head instead of a regular crown, and by “striking his head with a staff and spitting on him” (See Mark 15:19) the soldiers showed that they did not believe that Jesus was the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/mock]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter


### Golgotha

The word “Golgotha” is an Aramaic word. Mark used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word so that his readers would know how it sounded and then he told them it meant “Place of a Skull.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])


### Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?

This is an Aramaic phrase. Mark transliterates the sounds of this phrase by writing them using Greek letters. Mark used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded and then he told them that it meant “My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +MRK 15 intro d823 0 # Mark 15 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”\n\n\nThe curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nThe soldiers were insulting Jesus when they put a “purple robe” on him and placed a “crown of thorns” on his head (See Mark 15:17) and said, “Hail, King of the Jews” (See Mark 15:18) and bent their knees and bowed down to him (See Mark 15:19) because these actions were symbolic of things that people would do to a king but they did not really believe that Jesus was a king. By pretending that they thought Jesus was a king, and by putting a “crown of thorns” on Jesus’ head instead of a regular crown, and by “striking his head with a staff and spitting on him” (See Mark 15:19) the soldiers showed that they did not believe that Jesus was the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/mock]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n\n### Golgotha\n\nThe word “Golgotha” is an Aramaic word. Mark used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word so that his readers would know how it sounded and then he told them it meant “Place of a Skull.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n\n### Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?\n\nThis is an Aramaic phrase. Mark transliterates the sounds of this phrase by writing them using Greek letters. Mark used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded and then he told them that it meant “My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) MRK 15 1 xz7c figs-explicit δήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἀπήνεγκαν 1 having bound Jesus, led him away The Jewish religious leaders commanded for Jesus to be **bound** but did not bind him themselves. It would have been the guards who actually bound Jesus and **led him away**. If it would help your readers you could indicate this in your translation as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “commanded the guards to bind Jesus and then the guards bound him and led him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 1 v2yf παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ 1 handed him over to Pilate Alternate translation: “delivered him over to Pilate” or “transferred control of Jesus to Pilate” MRK 15 2 kn7i figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ λέγει 1 Together the two words **answering** and **says** mean that Jesus responded to what Pilate asked him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) From bb2660f17d05b5f00b5e81fe1786b87f4bf166d6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 18:22:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 12/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 42aced12f0..17e35b1fcd 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@ MRK 15 35 awtf translate-names Ἠλείαν 1 See how you translated the name MRK 15 36 pj44 translate-names Ἠλείας 1 See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [6:15](../06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 37 xkpk figs-idiom ἀφεὶς φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 See how you translated the phrase **cried out with a loud voice** in [15:34](../15/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 15 37 puak figs-explicit ἐξέπνευσεν 1 The phrase **breathed his last** means that Jesus “died.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 15 38 ni8j figs-activepassive τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in two Mark is showing that God himself split **the curtain of the temple**. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God split the curtain of the temple in two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 15 38 ni8j figs-activepassive ἐσχίσθη 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in two If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express the phrase **was torn** with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God tore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 15 38 sk3r translate-symaction τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) MRK 15 39 lg4u ὁ κεντυρίων 1 the centurion This is **the centurion** who supervised the soldiers who crucified Jesus. MRK 15 39 y4wn ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ 1 who had stood in front of him Alternate translation: “who stood in front of Jesus” From 1ebb5fa629eebcdcd007a45858ec5f488a2eaeeb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 18:25:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 13/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 17e35b1fcd..2d510669bf 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1518,8 +1518,9 @@ MRK 15 35 awtf translate-names Ἠλείαν 1 See how you translated the name MRK 15 36 pj44 translate-names Ἠλείας 1 See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [6:15](../06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 37 xkpk figs-idiom ἀφεὶς φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 See how you translated the phrase **cried out with a loud voice** in [15:34](../15/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 15 37 puak figs-explicit ἐξέπνευσεν 1 The phrase **breathed his last** means that Jesus “died.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 15 38 ni8j figs-activepassive ἐσχίσθη 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in two If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express the phrase **was torn** with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God tore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 15 38 sk3r translate-symaction τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +MRK 15 38 t71k figs-explicit τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ 1 Mark assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 15 38 ni8j figs-activepassive ἐσχίσθη 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in two If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express the phrase **was torn** with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God tore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 15 39 lg4u ὁ κεντυρίων 1 the centurion This is **the centurion** who supervised the soldiers who crucified Jesus. MRK 15 39 y4wn ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ 1 who had stood in front of him Alternate translation: “who stood in front of Jesus” MRK 15 39 t828 ὅτι οὕτως ἐξέπνευσεν 1 that he had breathed his last in this way Alternate translation: “how Jesus had died” or “the way Jesus had died” From b7f95d1a1f5f0e0849385678b18ec4b915153433 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 18:27:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 14/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 2d510669bf..aaac3f189b 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1519,7 +1519,7 @@ MRK 15 36 pj44 translate-names Ἠλείας 1 See how you translated the name MRK 15 37 xkpk figs-idiom ἀφεὶς φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 See how you translated the phrase **cried out with a loud voice** in [15:34](../15/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 15 37 puak figs-explicit ἐξέπνευσεν 1 The phrase **breathed his last** means that Jesus “died.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 38 sk3r translate-symaction τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -MRK 15 38 t71k figs-explicit τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ 1 Mark assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 15 38 t71k figs-explicit τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ 1 Mark assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to **the curtain** that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the **temple**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 38 ni8j figs-activepassive ἐσχίσθη 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in two If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express the phrase **was torn** with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God tore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 15 39 lg4u ὁ κεντυρίων 1 the centurion This is **the centurion** who supervised the soldiers who crucified Jesus. MRK 15 39 y4wn ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ 1 who had stood in front of him Alternate translation: “who stood in front of Jesus” From 5d7ac61b0b51b05332fa8eec48cb5f8e3bd1f951 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 18:41:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 15/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 4 +--- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index aaac3f189b..bb3c02e06e 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1521,11 +1521,9 @@ MRK 15 37 puak figs-explicit ἐξέπνευσεν 1 The phrase **breathed his MRK 15 38 sk3r translate-symaction τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) MRK 15 38 t71k figs-explicit τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ 1 Mark assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to **the curtain** that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the **temple**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 38 ni8j figs-activepassive ἐσχίσθη 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in two If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express the phrase **was torn** with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God tore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 15 39 lg4u ὁ κεντυρίων 1 the centurion This is **the centurion** who supervised the soldiers who crucified Jesus. -MRK 15 39 y4wn ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ 1 who had stood in front of him Alternate translation: “who stood in front of Jesus” MRK 15 39 t828 ὅτι οὕτως ἐξέπνευσεν 1 that he had breathed his last in this way Alternate translation: “how Jesus had died” or “the way Jesus had died” MRK 15 39 hue4 ἐξέπνευσεν 1 See how you translated the phrase **breathed his last** in [15:37](../15/37.md). -MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God The title **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 15 40 i1ee ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦσαι 1 looking on from a distance “watching from far away” MRK 15 40 zc9b ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 (the mother of James the younger and of Joses) This can be written without the parentheses. Alternate translation: “who was the mother of James the younger and of Joses” MRK 15 40 p9xk Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ 1 of James the younger “of the younger James.” This man was referred to as **the younger** probably to distinguish him from another man named James. From cb86c3082ca5ddf368f455af1bf1d1d2db14148b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 18:43:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 16/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index bb3c02e06e..740c9366d9 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1523,6 +1523,7 @@ MRK 15 38 t71k figs-explicit τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ 1 M MRK 15 38 ni8j figs-activepassive ἐσχίσθη 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in two If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express the phrase **was torn** with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God tore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 15 39 t828 ὅτι οὕτως ἐξέπνευσεν 1 that he had breathed his last in this way Alternate translation: “how Jesus had died” or “the way Jesus had died” MRK 15 39 hue4 ἐξέπνευσεν 1 See how you translated the phrase **breathed his last** in [15:37](../15/37.md). +MRK 15 39 ariw ἀληθῶς 1 See how you translated the word **Truly** in [3:28](../03/28.md). MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God The title **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 15 40 i1ee ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦσαι 1 looking on from a distance “watching from far away” MRK 15 40 zc9b ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 (the mother of James the younger and of Joses) This can be written without the parentheses. Alternate translation: “who was the mother of James the younger and of Joses” From 5da741c6484c95334ed044d3da032096ea19b6a3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 20:01:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 17/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 740c9366d9..e26289ae96 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1521,9 +1521,8 @@ MRK 15 37 puak figs-explicit ἐξέπνευσεν 1 The phrase **breathed his MRK 15 38 sk3r translate-symaction τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) MRK 15 38 t71k figs-explicit τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ 1 Mark assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to **the curtain** that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the **temple**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 38 ni8j figs-activepassive ἐσχίσθη 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in two If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express the phrase **was torn** with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God tore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 15 39 t828 ὅτι οὕτως ἐξέπνευσεν 1 that he had breathed his last in this way Alternate translation: “how Jesus had died” or “the way Jesus had died” MRK 15 39 hue4 ἐξέπνευσεν 1 See how you translated the phrase **breathed his last** in [15:37](../15/37.md). -MRK 15 39 ariw ἀληθῶς 1 See how you translated the word **Truly** in [3:28](../03/28.md). +MRK 15 39 ariw ἀληθῶς 1 See how you translated the word **Truly** in [3:28](../03/28.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly” MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God The title **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 15 40 i1ee ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦσαι 1 looking on from a distance “watching from far away” MRK 15 40 zc9b ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 (the mother of James the younger and of Joses) This can be written without the parentheses. Alternate translation: “who was the mother of James the younger and of Joses” From 306ba603394775328af678966d8f1e505fd0fba0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 20:27:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 18/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index e26289ae96..db90a4e8e0 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ MRK 15 39 hue4 ἐξέπνευσεν 1 See how you translated the phrase **bre MRK 15 39 ariw ἀληθῶς 1 See how you translated the word **Truly** in [3:28](../03/28.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly” MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God The title **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 15 40 i1ee ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦσαι 1 looking on from a distance “watching from far away” -MRK 15 40 zc9b ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 (the mother of James the younger and of Joses) This can be written without the parentheses. Alternate translation: “who was the mother of James the younger and of Joses” +MRK 15 40 zc9b writing-background ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 (the mother of James the younger and of Joses) Mark provides this background information to help readers understand what **Mary** he is referring to here. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 15 40 p9xk Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ 1 of James the younger “of the younger James.” This man was referred to as **the younger** probably to distinguish him from another man named James. MRK 15 40 izn7 translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 of Joses This **Joses** was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 40 tw5s translate-names Σαλώμη 1 Salome **Salome** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 3782ec6d36e59f77d1bb756dea625c35bb18637a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 20:44:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 19/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index db90a4e8e0..8859c5e4f8 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ MRK 15 38 ni8j figs-activepassive ἐσχίσθη 1 the curtain of the temple wa MRK 15 39 hue4 ἐξέπνευσεν 1 See how you translated the phrase **breathed his last** in [15:37](../15/37.md). MRK 15 39 ariw ἀληθῶς 1 See how you translated the word **Truly** in [3:28](../03/28.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly” MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God The title **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -MRK 15 40 i1ee ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦσαι 1 looking on from a distance “watching from far away” +MRK 15 40 i1ee translate-names Μαρία 1 looking on from a distance The word **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 40 zc9b writing-background ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 (the mother of James the younger and of Joses) Mark provides this background information to help readers understand what **Mary** he is referring to here. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 15 40 p9xk Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ 1 of James the younger “of the younger James.” This man was referred to as **the younger** probably to distinguish him from another man named James. MRK 15 40 izn7 translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 of Joses This **Joses** was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 52231bf65780e8e070eb9b7a1bbf6e1dc8d08a47 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 20:46:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 20/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 8859c5e4f8..c4bf6b5247 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1525,6 +1525,8 @@ MRK 15 39 hue4 ἐξέπνευσεν 1 See how you translated the phrase **bre MRK 15 39 ariw ἀληθῶς 1 See how you translated the word **Truly** in [3:28](../03/28.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly” MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God The title **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 15 40 i1ee translate-names Μαρία 1 looking on from a distance The word **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 15 40 z5ra translate-names 1 The word **James** is the name a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 15 40 wdrq translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 The word **Joses** is the name a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 40 zc9b writing-background ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 (the mother of James the younger and of Joses) Mark provides this background information to help readers understand what **Mary** he is referring to here. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 15 40 p9xk Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ 1 of James the younger “of the younger James.” This man was referred to as **the younger** probably to distinguish him from another man named James. MRK 15 40 izn7 translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 of Joses This **Joses** was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 79bd364ebafa20a59233a386911fab82a3ea0f8b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 20:52:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 21/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 7 ++++--- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index c4bf6b5247..bb0d625368 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1525,11 +1525,12 @@ MRK 15 39 hue4 ἐξέπνευσεν 1 See how you translated the phrase **bre MRK 15 39 ariw ἀληθῶς 1 See how you translated the word **Truly** in [3:28](../03/28.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly” MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God The title **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 15 40 i1ee translate-names Μαρία 1 looking on from a distance The word **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 15 40 z5ra translate-names 1 The word **James** is the name a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 15 40 wdrq translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 The word **Joses** is the name a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 15 40 z5ra translate-names Ἰακώβου 1 The word **James** is the name a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 40 zc9b writing-background ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 (the mother of James the younger and of Joses) Mark provides this background information to help readers understand what **Mary** he is referring to here. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MRK 15 40 wdrq translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 The word **Joses** is the name a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 15 40 qa0q translate-names 1 The word **Salome** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 40 p9xk Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ 1 of James the younger “of the younger James.” This man was referred to as **the younger** probably to distinguish him from another man named James. -MRK 15 40 izn7 translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 of Joses This **Joses** was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 15 40 izn7 translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 of Joses This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 40 tw5s translate-names Σαλώμη 1 Salome **Salome** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 41 j15z writing-background αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἄλλαι πολλαὶ αἱ συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 When he was in Galilee they were following him and serving him, and many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem “When Jesus was in Galilee these women followed him and served him, along with many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem.” This is background information about the women who watched the crucifixion from a distance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 15 41 a3qk συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 who had come up with him to Jerusalem **Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it. From 6230858464faf8f21d9b98a20aa88361a75fc791 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 20:54:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 22/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 7 ++----- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index bb0d625368..ca606e2c97 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1525,13 +1525,10 @@ MRK 15 39 hue4 ἐξέπνευσεν 1 See how you translated the phrase **bre MRK 15 39 ariw ἀληθῶς 1 See how you translated the word **Truly** in [3:28](../03/28.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly” MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God The title **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 15 40 i1ee translate-names Μαρία 1 looking on from a distance The word **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 15 40 z5ra translate-names Ἰακώβου 1 The word **James** is the name a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 40 zc9b writing-background ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 (the mother of James the younger and of Joses) Mark provides this background information to help readers understand what **Mary** he is referring to here. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MRK 15 40 wdrq translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 The word **Joses** is the name a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 15 40 z5ra translate-names Ἰακώβου 1 The word **James** is the name a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 15 40 wdrq translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 The word **Joses** is the name a man. This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 40 qa0q translate-names 1 The word **Salome** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 15 40 p9xk Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ 1 of James the younger “of the younger James.” This man was referred to as **the younger** probably to distinguish him from another man named James. -MRK 15 40 izn7 translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 of Joses This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 15 40 tw5s translate-names Σαλώμη 1 Salome **Salome** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 41 j15z writing-background αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἄλλαι πολλαὶ αἱ συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 When he was in Galilee they were following him and serving him, and many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem “When Jesus was in Galilee these women followed him and served him, along with many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem.” This is background information about the women who watched the crucifixion from a distance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 15 41 a3qk συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 who had come up with him to Jerusalem **Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it. MRK 15 42 lxm5 0 Connecting Statement: Joseph of Arimathea asks Pilate for the body of Jesus, which he wraps in linen and puts in a tomb. From ea02f74869870879c7a6e3ed6d68abd7f7d7c5e9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 20:56:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 23/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index ca606e2c97..5ee871eb9b 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@ MRK 15 39 ariw ἀληθῶς 1 See how you translated the word **Truly** in [ MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God The title **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 15 40 i1ee translate-names Μαρία 1 looking on from a distance The word **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 40 zc9b writing-background ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 (the mother of James the younger and of Joses) Mark provides this background information to help readers understand what **Mary** he is referring to here. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MRK 15 40 z5ra translate-names Ἰακώβου 1 The word **James** is the name a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 15 40 z5ra translate-names Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ 1 The word **James** is the name a man. This man was referred to as **the younger** probably to distinguish him from another man named James. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 40 wdrq translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 The word **Joses** is the name a man. This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 40 qa0q translate-names 1 The word **Salome** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 41 j15z writing-background αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἄλλαι πολλαὶ αἱ συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 When he was in Galilee they were following him and serving him, and many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem “When Jesus was in Galilee these women followed him and served him, along with many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem.” This is background information about the women who watched the crucifixion from a distance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) From 5d3385296d38916d6fda99c5714349b5dd254b3c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 21:02:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 24/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 5ee871eb9b..e2ebacaab4 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@ MRK 15 39 ariw ἀληθῶς 1 See how you translated the word **Truly** in [ MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God The title **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 15 40 i1ee translate-names Μαρία 1 looking on from a distance The word **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 40 zc9b writing-background ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 (the mother of James the younger and of Joses) Mark provides this background information to help readers understand what **Mary** he is referring to here. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MRK 15 40 z5ra translate-names Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ 1 The word **James** is the name a man. This man was referred to as **the younger** probably to distinguish him from another man named James. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 15 40 z5ra translate-names Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ 1 The word **James** is the name a man. This man is probably referred to as **the younger** here, to distinguish him from other men named **James**, such as the two disciples of Jesus’ with the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 40 wdrq translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 The word **Joses** is the name a man. This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 40 qa0q translate-names 1 The word **Salome** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 41 j15z writing-background αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἄλλαι πολλαὶ αἱ συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 When he was in Galilee they were following him and serving him, and many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem “When Jesus was in Galilee these women followed him and served him, along with many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem.” This is background information about the women who watched the crucifixion from a distance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) From 3fac8c8c0fa236f7e1700683dfb55a048c5aa90a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 21:02:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 25/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index e2ebacaab4..9e32cf4150 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1528,7 +1528,7 @@ MRK 15 40 i1ee translate-names Μαρία 1 looking on from a distance The word MRK 15 40 zc9b writing-background ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 (the mother of James the younger and of Joses) Mark provides this background information to help readers understand what **Mary** he is referring to here. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 15 40 z5ra translate-names Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ 1 The word **James** is the name a man. This man is probably referred to as **the younger** here, to distinguish him from other men named **James**, such as the two disciples of Jesus’ with the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 40 wdrq translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 The word **Joses** is the name a man. This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 15 40 qa0q translate-names 1 The word **Salome** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 15 40 qa0q translate-names Σαλώμη 1 The word **Salome** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 41 j15z writing-background αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἄλλαι πολλαὶ αἱ συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 When he was in Galilee they were following him and serving him, and many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem “When Jesus was in Galilee these women followed him and served him, along with many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem.” This is background information about the women who watched the crucifixion from a distance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 15 41 a3qk συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 who had come up with him to Jerusalem **Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it. MRK 15 42 lxm5 0 Connecting Statement: Joseph of Arimathea asks Pilate for the body of Jesus, which he wraps in linen and puts in a tomb. From e545883afc596f538d0128b4040d2321b77e99e6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 14:01:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 26/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 9e32cf4150..33f3ecbf2f 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1527,10 +1527,10 @@ MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the Son of G MRK 15 40 i1ee translate-names Μαρία 1 looking on from a distance The word **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 40 zc9b writing-background ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 (the mother of James the younger and of Joses) Mark provides this background information to help readers understand what **Mary** he is referring to here. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 15 40 z5ra translate-names Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ 1 The word **James** is the name a man. This man is probably referred to as **the younger** here, to distinguish him from other men named **James**, such as the two disciples of Jesus’ with the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 15 40 wdrq translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 The word **Joses** is the name a man. This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 15 40 wdrq translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 The word **Joses** is the name a man. This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 40 qa0q translate-names Σαλώμη 1 The word **Salome** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 15 41 j15z writing-background αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἄλλαι πολλαὶ αἱ συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 When he was in Galilee they were following him and serving him, and many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem “When Jesus was in Galilee these women followed him and served him, along with many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem.” This is background information about the women who watched the crucifixion from a distance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MRK 15 41 a3qk συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 who had come up with him to Jerusalem **Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it. +MRK 15 41 j15z writing-background αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ 1 When he was in Galilee they were following him and serving him, and many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem Mark uses the statement **who, when he was in Galilee, were following him and serving him** to give his readers background information about the relationship that the three women mentioned in [15:40](../15/40.md) had with Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MRK 15 41 a3qk figs-go αἱ συναναβᾶσαι 1 who had come up with him to Jerusalem **Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it. Your language may say “went up” rather than **come up** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “who had went up with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 15 42 lxm5 0 Connecting Statement: Joseph of Arimathea asks Pilate for the body of Jesus, which he wraps in linen and puts in a tomb. MRK 15 42 ug97 figs-metaphor ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης 1 when evening had already come Here, **evening** is spoken of as if it were something that is able to **come** from one place to another. Alternate translation: “when it had already become evening” or “when it was evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 15 43 xn8t writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea, a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God, having come, he boldly went in to Pilate The phrase **having come** refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly came to Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) From 0fc29d81b3e14a5d6bb461cb281ce809a2538478 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 14:41:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 27/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 33f3ecbf2f..a80c5bf190 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1525,6 +1525,7 @@ MRK 15 39 hue4 ἐξέπνευσεν 1 See how you translated the phrase **bre MRK 15 39 ariw ἀληθῶς 1 See how you translated the word **Truly** in [3:28](../03/28.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly” MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God The title **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 15 40 i1ee translate-names Μαρία 1 looking on from a distance The word **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 15 40 gkgi translate-versebridge ἐν αἷς καὶ Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ, καὶ Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ, καὶ Σαλώμη 1 If it would be more natural in your language to first give background information about these women before listing individual names, you could create a verse bridge by moving this sentence to the end of verse 41. You would then present the combined verses as 40-41, as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge) MRK 15 40 zc9b writing-background ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 (the mother of James the younger and of Joses) Mark provides this background information to help readers understand what **Mary** he is referring to here. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 15 40 z5ra translate-names Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ 1 The word **James** is the name a man. This man is probably referred to as **the younger** here, to distinguish him from other men named **James**, such as the two disciples of Jesus’ with the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 40 wdrq translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 The word **Joses** is the name a man. This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From eb43f9906c89e7c640e398f5be7bcd49f9d5d4bc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 14:55:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 28/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index a80c5bf190..e97b81682d 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1523,10 +1523,10 @@ MRK 15 38 t71k figs-explicit τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ 1 M MRK 15 38 ni8j figs-activepassive ἐσχίσθη 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in two If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express the phrase **was torn** with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God tore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 15 39 hue4 ἐξέπνευσεν 1 See how you translated the phrase **breathed his last** in [15:37](../15/37.md). MRK 15 39 ariw ἀληθῶς 1 See how you translated the word **Truly** in [3:28](../03/28.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly” -MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God The title **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 15 40 i1ee translate-names Μαρία 1 looking on from a distance The word **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God The title **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 15 40 gkgi translate-versebridge ἐν αἷς καὶ Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ, καὶ Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ, καὶ Σαλώμη 1 If it would be more natural in your language to first give background information about these women before listing individual names, you could create a verse bridge by moving this sentence to the end of verse 41. You would then present the combined verses as 40-41, as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge) -MRK 15 40 zc9b writing-background ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 (the mother of James the younger and of Joses) Mark provides this background information to help readers understand what **Mary** he is referring to here. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MRK 15 40 zc9b writing-background ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ…ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 (the mother of James the younger and of Joses) Mark provides this background information to help readers know which **Mary** he is referring to here in each case since Mary was a very common name at this time and because he refers to two different women with the name **Mary** in this verse and he wants his readers to be able to know which Mary he is referring to in each case. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 15 40 z5ra translate-names Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ 1 The word **James** is the name a man. This man is probably referred to as **the younger** here, to distinguish him from other men named **James**, such as the two disciples of Jesus’ with the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 40 wdrq translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 The word **Joses** is the name a man. This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 40 qa0q translate-names Σαλώμη 1 The word **Salome** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From d5949c9358d110c0c499c4dfd29829fff697620f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 15:21:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 29/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index e97b81682d..9a88bc2630 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1532,8 +1532,8 @@ MRK 15 40 wdrq translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 The word **Joses** is the name a ma MRK 15 40 qa0q translate-names Σαλώμη 1 The word **Salome** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 41 j15z writing-background αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ 1 When he was in Galilee they were following him and serving him, and many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem Mark uses the statement **who, when he was in Galilee, were following him and serving him** to give his readers background information about the relationship that the three women mentioned in [15:40](../15/40.md) had with Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 15 41 a3qk figs-go αἱ συναναβᾶσαι 1 who had come up with him to Jerusalem **Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it. Your language may say “went up” rather than **come up** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “who had went up with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -MRK 15 42 lxm5 0 Connecting Statement: Joseph of Arimathea asks Pilate for the body of Jesus, which he wraps in linen and puts in a tomb. -MRK 15 42 ug97 figs-metaphor ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης 1 when evening had already come Here, **evening** is spoken of as if it were something that is able to **come** from one place to another. Alternate translation: “when it had already become evening” or “when it was evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 15 42 lxm5 writing-background ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή 1 Connecting Statement: Mark provides this background information about what day it was to help readers understand what happens in this episode. God commanded in Deuteronomy 21:22-23 that any person who was put to death by hanging on a wooden object should be buried on the same day that they were put to death. Because of this and the fact that the following day was the Sabbath, on which Jews did not work, the Jewish people would have wanted to bury Jesus’ body quickly. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus was traveling along the border between Samaria and Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n +MRK 15 42 ug97 figs-explicit παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 when evening had already come The phrase **the Day of Preparation** refers to the day on which Jews would make preparations for the **Sabbath** so that they would not have to do work on the **Sabbath**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what the Day of Preparation was.It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “the Day of Preparation on which Jews made preparations for the Sabbath. The Day of Preparation is the day before the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 43 xn8t writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea, a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God, having come, he boldly went in to Pilate The phrase **having come** refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly came to Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) MRK 15 43 wgz8 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea “Joseph from Arimathea.” **Joseph** is the name of a man, and **Arimathea** is the name of the place his is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 43 u7ll writing-background εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God This is background information about Joseph. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) From 6ddf05278c1797439ebfe8e761d7afe0da340951 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 15:25:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 30/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 9a88bc2630..cf7c333708 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1532,7 +1532,7 @@ MRK 15 40 wdrq translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 The word **Joses** is the name a ma MRK 15 40 qa0q translate-names Σαλώμη 1 The word **Salome** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 41 j15z writing-background αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ 1 When he was in Galilee they were following him and serving him, and many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem Mark uses the statement **who, when he was in Galilee, were following him and serving him** to give his readers background information about the relationship that the three women mentioned in [15:40](../15/40.md) had with Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 15 41 a3qk figs-go αἱ συναναβᾶσαι 1 who had come up with him to Jerusalem **Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it. Your language may say “went up” rather than **come up** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “who had went up with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -MRK 15 42 lxm5 writing-background ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή 1 Connecting Statement: Mark provides this background information about what day it was to help readers understand what happens in this episode. God commanded in Deuteronomy 21:22-23 that any person who was put to death by hanging on a wooden object should be buried on the same day that they were put to death. Because of this and the fact that the following day was the Sabbath, on which Jews did not work, the Jewish people would have wanted to bury Jesus’ body quickly. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus was traveling along the border between Samaria and Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n +MRK 15 42 lxm5 writing-background ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 Connecting Statement: Mark provides this background information about what day it was to help readers understand what happens in this episode. God commanded in Deuteronomy 21:22-23 that any person who was put to death by hanging on a wooden object should be buried on the same day that they were put to death. Because of this and the fact that **evening had already come** and the following day was the **Sabbath**, on which Jews did not work, the people involved wanted to bury Jesus’ body quickly. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n MRK 15 42 ug97 figs-explicit παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 when evening had already come The phrase **the Day of Preparation** refers to the day on which Jews would make preparations for the **Sabbath** so that they would not have to do work on the **Sabbath**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what the Day of Preparation was.It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “the Day of Preparation on which Jews made preparations for the Sabbath. The Day of Preparation is the day before the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 43 xn8t writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea, a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God, having come, he boldly went in to Pilate The phrase **having come** refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly came to Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) MRK 15 43 wgz8 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea “Joseph from Arimathea.” **Joseph** is the name of a man, and **Arimathea** is the name of the place his is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 835dffb07f33dc834ad3b4f0182751f4ad88fb01 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 15:28:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 31/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index cf7c333708..0983a1c07f 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1532,6 +1532,7 @@ MRK 15 40 wdrq translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 The word **Joses** is the name a ma MRK 15 40 qa0q translate-names Σαλώμη 1 The word **Salome** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 41 j15z writing-background αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ 1 When he was in Galilee they were following him and serving him, and many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem Mark uses the statement **who, when he was in Galilee, were following him and serving him** to give his readers background information about the relationship that the three women mentioned in [15:40](../15/40.md) had with Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 15 41 a3qk figs-go αἱ συναναβᾶσαι 1 who had come up with him to Jerusalem **Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it. Your language may say “went up” rather than **come up** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “who had went up with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +MRK 15 42 ekbl writing-background καὶ ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 MRK 15 42 lxm5 writing-background ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 Connecting Statement: Mark provides this background information about what day it was to help readers understand what happens in this episode. God commanded in Deuteronomy 21:22-23 that any person who was put to death by hanging on a wooden object should be buried on the same day that they were put to death. Because of this and the fact that **evening had already come** and the following day was the **Sabbath**, on which Jews did not work, the people involved wanted to bury Jesus’ body quickly. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n MRK 15 42 ug97 figs-explicit παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 when evening had already come The phrase **the Day of Preparation** refers to the day on which Jews would make preparations for the **Sabbath** so that they would not have to do work on the **Sabbath**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what the Day of Preparation was.It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “the Day of Preparation on which Jews made preparations for the Sabbath. The Day of Preparation is the day before the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 43 xn8t writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea, a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God, having come, he boldly went in to Pilate The phrase **having come** refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly came to Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) From d5deccac6d7eb5a52ac8e1784e9d00dcef373082 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 15:40:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 32/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 0983a1c07f..c38c669175 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1532,7 +1532,7 @@ MRK 15 40 wdrq translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 The word **Joses** is the name a ma MRK 15 40 qa0q translate-names Σαλώμη 1 The word **Salome** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 41 j15z writing-background αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ 1 When he was in Galilee they were following him and serving him, and many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem Mark uses the statement **who, when he was in Galilee, were following him and serving him** to give his readers background information about the relationship that the three women mentioned in [15:40](../15/40.md) had with Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 15 41 a3qk figs-go αἱ συναναβᾶσαι 1 who had come up with him to Jerusalem **Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it. Your language may say “went up” rather than **come up** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “who had went up with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -MRK 15 42 ekbl writing-background καὶ ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 +MRK 15 42 ekbl translate-versebridge ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 If it would be more natural in your language to introduce Joseph of Arimathea and what he did, before giving the reason for what he did, you could create a verse bridge by moving this sentence to verse 43 and taking the information about Joseph of Arimathea from verse 43 and placing it after the phrase **And when evening had already come** in this verse. You would then present the combined verses as 42-43, as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge) MRK 15 42 lxm5 writing-background ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 Connecting Statement: Mark provides this background information about what day it was to help readers understand what happens in this episode. God commanded in Deuteronomy 21:22-23 that any person who was put to death by hanging on a wooden object should be buried on the same day that they were put to death. Because of this and the fact that **evening had already come** and the following day was the **Sabbath**, on which Jews did not work, the people involved wanted to bury Jesus’ body quickly. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n MRK 15 42 ug97 figs-explicit παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 when evening had already come The phrase **the Day of Preparation** refers to the day on which Jews would make preparations for the **Sabbath** so that they would not have to do work on the **Sabbath**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what the Day of Preparation was.It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “the Day of Preparation on which Jews made preparations for the Sabbath. The Day of Preparation is the day before the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 43 xn8t writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea, a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God, having come, he boldly went in to Pilate The phrase **having come** refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly came to Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) From 7acbc95d212d102647f1fe693224a3a9eb7291fa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 15:44:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 33/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index c38c669175..e22b020673 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@ MRK 15 42 ekbl translate-versebridge ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ MRK 15 42 lxm5 writing-background ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 Connecting Statement: Mark provides this background information about what day it was to help readers understand what happens in this episode. God commanded in Deuteronomy 21:22-23 that any person who was put to death by hanging on a wooden object should be buried on the same day that they were put to death. Because of this and the fact that **evening had already come** and the following day was the **Sabbath**, on which Jews did not work, the people involved wanted to bury Jesus’ body quickly. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n MRK 15 42 ug97 figs-explicit παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 when evening had already come The phrase **the Day of Preparation** refers to the day on which Jews would make preparations for the **Sabbath** so that they would not have to do work on the **Sabbath**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what the Day of Preparation was.It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “the Day of Preparation on which Jews made preparations for the Sabbath. The Day of Preparation is the day before the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 43 xn8t writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea, a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God, having come, he boldly went in to Pilate The phrase **having come** refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly came to Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -MRK 15 43 wgz8 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea “Joseph from Arimathea.” **Joseph** is the name of a man, and **Arimathea** is the name of the place his is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 15 43 wgz8 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea The word **Joseph** is the name of a man, and **Arimathea** is the name of the place he is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 43 u7ll writing-background εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God This is background information about Joseph. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 15 43 zm1u τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 he boldly went in to Pilate “he boldly went to Pilate” or “he boldly went in to where Pilate was” MRK 15 43 zvw4 figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 asked for the body of Jesus You can state this clearly that he wanted to get **the body** so that he could bury it. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From cfe00b5d118a65ac172a49ff7c36f41a971b6d6e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 16:04:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 34/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index e22b020673..717bab8c8d 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@ MRK 15 42 ekbl translate-versebridge ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ MRK 15 42 lxm5 writing-background ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 Connecting Statement: Mark provides this background information about what day it was to help readers understand what happens in this episode. God commanded in Deuteronomy 21:22-23 that any person who was put to death by hanging on a wooden object should be buried on the same day that they were put to death. Because of this and the fact that **evening had already come** and the following day was the **Sabbath**, on which Jews did not work, the people involved wanted to bury Jesus’ body quickly. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n MRK 15 42 ug97 figs-explicit παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 when evening had already come The phrase **the Day of Preparation** refers to the day on which Jews would make preparations for the **Sabbath** so that they would not have to do work on the **Sabbath**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what the Day of Preparation was.It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “the Day of Preparation on which Jews made preparations for the Sabbath. The Day of Preparation is the day before the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 43 xn8t writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea, a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God, having come, he boldly went in to Pilate The phrase **having come** refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly came to Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -MRK 15 43 wgz8 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea The word **Joseph** is the name of a man, and **Arimathea** is the name of the place he is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 15 43 wgz8 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea The word **Joseph** is the name of a man, and the word **Arimathea** is the name of the place that he is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 43 u7ll writing-background εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God This is background information about Joseph. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 15 43 zm1u τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 he boldly went in to Pilate “he boldly went to Pilate” or “he boldly went in to where Pilate was” MRK 15 43 zvw4 figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 asked for the body of Jesus You can state this clearly that he wanted to get **the body** so that he could bury it. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From e0142234f6787520a9842fd2e694bb9b4366f643 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 16:41:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 35/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 717bab8c8d..896b45b3c1 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1537,7 +1537,7 @@ MRK 15 42 lxm5 writing-background ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπ MRK 15 42 ug97 figs-explicit παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 when evening had already come The phrase **the Day of Preparation** refers to the day on which Jews would make preparations for the **Sabbath** so that they would not have to do work on the **Sabbath**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what the Day of Preparation was.It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “the Day of Preparation on which Jews made preparations for the Sabbath. The Day of Preparation is the day before the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 43 xn8t writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea, a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God, having come, he boldly went in to Pilate The phrase **having come** refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly came to Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) MRK 15 43 wgz8 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea The word **Joseph** is the name of a man, and the word **Arimathea** is the name of the place that he is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 15 43 u7ll writing-background εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God This is background information about Joseph. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MRK 15 43 u7ll writing-background εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God Mark provides this background information about **Joseph** to help readers understand what happens in this episode, and why Joseph would ask Pilate for Jesus’ body. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 15 43 zm1u τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 he boldly went in to Pilate “he boldly went to Pilate” or “he boldly went in to where Pilate was” MRK 15 43 zvw4 figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 asked for the body of Jesus You can state this clearly that he wanted to get **the body** so that he could bury it. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 44 z3gl figs-explicit ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος ἐθαύμασεν εἰ ἤδη τέθνηκεν; καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν κεντυρίωνα 1 But Pilate was wondering if he had already died, and having called the centurion **Pilate** heard people saying that Jesus was dead. This surprised him, so he asked **the centurion** if it was true. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Pilate was amazed when he heard that Jesus was already dead, so calling the centurion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 4d3ee47ed39d8b3b448dcc740c2bcae6190407a1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 16:42:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 36/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 896b45b3c1..5951df21be 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1537,7 +1537,7 @@ MRK 15 42 lxm5 writing-background ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπ MRK 15 42 ug97 figs-explicit παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 when evening had already come The phrase **the Day of Preparation** refers to the day on which Jews would make preparations for the **Sabbath** so that they would not have to do work on the **Sabbath**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what the Day of Preparation was.It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “the Day of Preparation on which Jews made preparations for the Sabbath. The Day of Preparation is the day before the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 43 xn8t writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea, a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God, having come, he boldly went in to Pilate The phrase **having come** refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly came to Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) MRK 15 43 wgz8 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea The word **Joseph** is the name of a man, and the word **Arimathea** is the name of the place that he is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 15 43 u7ll writing-background εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God Mark provides this background information about **Joseph** to help readers understand what happens in this episode, and why Joseph would ask Pilate for Jesus’ body. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MRK 15 43 u7ll writing-background εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God Mark provides this background information about **Joseph** to help readers understand what happens in this episode, and why Joseph would ask Pilate for Jesus’ body and why Pilate might have granted his request. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 15 43 zm1u τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 he boldly went in to Pilate “he boldly went to Pilate” or “he boldly went in to where Pilate was” MRK 15 43 zvw4 figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 asked for the body of Jesus You can state this clearly that he wanted to get **the body** so that he could bury it. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 44 z3gl figs-explicit ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος ἐθαύμασεν εἰ ἤδη τέθνηκεν; καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν κεντυρίωνα 1 But Pilate was wondering if he had already died, and having called the centurion **Pilate** heard people saying that Jesus was dead. This surprised him, so he asked **the centurion** if it was true. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Pilate was amazed when he heard that Jesus was already dead, so calling the centurion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From f7af2137af7a11fe5c4260b6dec86c04e6dba725 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 16:43:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 37/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 5951df21be..048f523e93 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1537,7 +1537,7 @@ MRK 15 42 lxm5 writing-background ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπ MRK 15 42 ug97 figs-explicit παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 when evening had already come The phrase **the Day of Preparation** refers to the day on which Jews would make preparations for the **Sabbath** so that they would not have to do work on the **Sabbath**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what the Day of Preparation was.It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “the Day of Preparation on which Jews made preparations for the Sabbath. The Day of Preparation is the day before the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 43 xn8t writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea, a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God, having come, he boldly went in to Pilate The phrase **having come** refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly came to Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) MRK 15 43 wgz8 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea The word **Joseph** is the name of a man, and the word **Arimathea** is the name of the place that he is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 15 43 u7ll writing-background εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God Mark provides this background information about **Joseph** to help readers understand what happens in this episode, and why Joseph would ask Pilate for Jesus’ body and why Pilate might have granted his request. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MRK 15 43 u7ll writing-background εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God Mark provides this background information about **Joseph** to help readers understand why Joseph would ask Pilate for Jesus’ body and why Pilate might have granted his request. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 15 43 zm1u τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 he boldly went in to Pilate “he boldly went to Pilate” or “he boldly went in to where Pilate was” MRK 15 43 zvw4 figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 asked for the body of Jesus You can state this clearly that he wanted to get **the body** so that he could bury it. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 44 z3gl figs-explicit ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος ἐθαύμασεν εἰ ἤδη τέθνηκεν; καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν κεντυρίωνα 1 But Pilate was wondering if he had already died, and having called the centurion **Pilate** heard people saying that Jesus was dead. This surprised him, so he asked **the centurion** if it was true. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Pilate was amazed when he heard that Jesus was already dead, so calling the centurion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 9436b21962e31454659c0f32ecfaac8739808e60 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 16:46:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 38/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 048f523e93..35f6da6228 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1538,8 +1538,7 @@ MRK 15 42 ug97 figs-explicit παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββ MRK 15 43 xn8t writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea, a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God, having come, he boldly went in to Pilate The phrase **having come** refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly came to Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) MRK 15 43 wgz8 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea The word **Joseph** is the name of a man, and the word **Arimathea** is the name of the place that he is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 43 u7ll writing-background εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God Mark provides this background information about **Joseph** to help readers understand why Joseph would ask Pilate for Jesus’ body and why Pilate might have granted his request. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MRK 15 43 zm1u τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 he boldly went in to Pilate “he boldly went to Pilate” or “he boldly went in to where Pilate was” -MRK 15 43 zvw4 figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 asked for the body of Jesus You can state this clearly that he wanted to get **the body** so that he could bury it. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 15 43 zvw4 figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 asked for the body of Jesus **Joseph** asked Pilate **for the body of Jesus** so that he could bury it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” or “asked that he be given the body of Jesus so that he could bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 44 z3gl figs-explicit ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος ἐθαύμασεν εἰ ἤδη τέθνηκεν; καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν κεντυρίωνα 1 But Pilate was wondering if he had already died, and having called the centurion **Pilate** heard people saying that Jesus was dead. This surprised him, so he asked **the centurion** if it was true. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Pilate was amazed when he heard that Jesus was already dead, so calling the centurion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 45 v5ys ἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 he gave the body to Joseph “he permitted Joseph to take Jesus’ body” MRK 15 46 g4c9 σινδόνα 1 a linen cloth Linen is cloth made from the fibers of a flax plant. See how you translated this in [Mark 14:51](../14/51.md). From 61d57d59d8b950ae74527e4eef9101118d78c32c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 16:47:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 39/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 35f6da6228..9e117a57a2 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1538,7 +1538,7 @@ MRK 15 42 ug97 figs-explicit παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββ MRK 15 43 xn8t writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea, a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God, having come, he boldly went in to Pilate The phrase **having come** refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly came to Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) MRK 15 43 wgz8 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea The word **Joseph** is the name of a man, and the word **Arimathea** is the name of the place that he is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 43 u7ll writing-background εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God Mark provides this background information about **Joseph** to help readers understand why Joseph would ask Pilate for Jesus’ body and why Pilate might have granted his request. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MRK 15 43 zvw4 figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 asked for the body of Jesus **Joseph** asked Pilate **for the body of Jesus** so that he could bury it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” or “asked that he be given the body of Jesus so that he could bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 15 43 zvw4 figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 asked for the body of Jesus The reason that **Joseph** asked Pilate **for the body of Jesus** was so that he could bury it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” or “asked that he be given the body of Jesus so that he could bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 44 z3gl figs-explicit ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος ἐθαύμασεν εἰ ἤδη τέθνηκεν; καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν κεντυρίωνα 1 But Pilate was wondering if he had already died, and having called the centurion **Pilate** heard people saying that Jesus was dead. This surprised him, so he asked **the centurion** if it was true. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Pilate was amazed when he heard that Jesus was already dead, so calling the centurion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 45 v5ys ἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 he gave the body to Joseph “he permitted Joseph to take Jesus’ body” MRK 15 46 g4c9 σινδόνα 1 a linen cloth Linen is cloth made from the fibers of a flax plant. See how you translated this in [Mark 14:51](../14/51.md). From e67a35340e5a6330b31dd5d97b58259c971a71b8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 16:58:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 40/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 9e117a57a2..a8b9ee1f17 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1539,7 +1539,8 @@ MRK 15 43 xn8t writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁρ MRK 15 43 wgz8 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea The word **Joseph** is the name of a man, and the word **Arimathea** is the name of the place that he is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 43 u7ll writing-background εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God Mark provides this background information about **Joseph** to help readers understand why Joseph would ask Pilate for Jesus’ body and why Pilate might have granted his request. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 15 43 zvw4 figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 asked for the body of Jesus The reason that **Joseph** asked Pilate **for the body of Jesus** was so that he could bury it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” or “asked that he be given the body of Jesus so that he could bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 15 44 z3gl figs-explicit ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος ἐθαύμασεν εἰ ἤδη τέθνηκεν; καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν κεντυρίωνα 1 But Pilate was wondering if he had already died, and having called the centurion **Pilate** heard people saying that Jesus was dead. This surprised him, so he asked **the centurion** if it was true. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Pilate was amazed when he heard that Jesus was already dead, so calling the centurion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 15 44 f484 κεντυρίωνα 1 See how you translated the term **centurion** in [15:39](../15/39.md). +MRK 15 45 z3gl κεντυρίωνος 1 But Pilate was wondering if he had already died, and having called the centurion See how you translated the term **centurion** in [15:39](../15/39.md). MRK 15 45 v5ys ἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 he gave the body to Joseph “he permitted Joseph to take Jesus’ body” MRK 15 46 g4c9 σινδόνα 1 a linen cloth Linen is cloth made from the fibers of a flax plant. See how you translated this in [Mark 14:51](../14/51.md). MRK 15 46 eb9h figs-metonymy καθελὼν αὐτὸν…προσεκύλισεν λίθον 1 having taken him down … he rolled a stone You may need to make explicit that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, and closed the tomb. Alternate translation: “after he and others took him down … they rolled a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From ab06b39afeb40a45db05e1e9422aaf52f566e7e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 17:00:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 41/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index a8b9ee1f17..f02b76cb7a 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1541,7 +1541,7 @@ MRK 15 43 u7ll writing-background εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς κ MRK 15 43 zvw4 figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 asked for the body of Jesus The reason that **Joseph** asked Pilate **for the body of Jesus** was so that he could bury it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” or “asked that he be given the body of Jesus so that he could bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 44 f484 κεντυρίωνα 1 See how you translated the term **centurion** in [15:39](../15/39.md). MRK 15 45 z3gl κεντυρίωνος 1 But Pilate was wondering if he had already died, and having called the centurion See how you translated the term **centurion** in [15:39](../15/39.md). -MRK 15 45 v5ys ἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 he gave the body to Joseph “he permitted Joseph to take Jesus’ body” +MRK 15 45 v5ys ἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 he gave the body to Joseph Alternate translation: “Pilate permitted Joseph to take Jesus’ body” MRK 15 46 g4c9 σινδόνα 1 a linen cloth Linen is cloth made from the fibers of a flax plant. See how you translated this in [Mark 14:51](../14/51.md). MRK 15 46 eb9h figs-metonymy καθελὼν αὐτὸν…προσεκύλισεν λίθον 1 having taken him down … he rolled a stone You may need to make explicit that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, and closed the tomb. Alternate translation: “after he and others took him down … they rolled a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 15 46 g9hf figs-activepassive μνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας 1 a tomb that had been cut from a rock You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a tomb that someone had previously cut out of solid rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From d2b2e85ecbf6e493a3fd3eafb33bcbf86ea81ef9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 17:07:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 42/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index f02b76cb7a..9e0884b283 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1541,7 +1541,7 @@ MRK 15 43 u7ll writing-background εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς κ MRK 15 43 zvw4 figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 asked for the body of Jesus The reason that **Joseph** asked Pilate **for the body of Jesus** was so that he could bury it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” or “asked that he be given the body of Jesus so that he could bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 44 f484 κεντυρίωνα 1 See how you translated the term **centurion** in [15:39](../15/39.md). MRK 15 45 z3gl κεντυρίωνος 1 But Pilate was wondering if he had already died, and having called the centurion See how you translated the term **centurion** in [15:39](../15/39.md). -MRK 15 45 v5ys ἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 he gave the body to Joseph Alternate translation: “Pilate permitted Joseph to take Jesus’ body” +MRK 15 45 v5ys ἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 he gave the body to Joseph See how you translated the name **Joseph** in [15:43](../15/43.md). MRK 15 46 g4c9 σινδόνα 1 a linen cloth Linen is cloth made from the fibers of a flax plant. See how you translated this in [Mark 14:51](../14/51.md). MRK 15 46 eb9h figs-metonymy καθελὼν αὐτὸν…προσεκύλισεν λίθον 1 having taken him down … he rolled a stone You may need to make explicit that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, and closed the tomb. Alternate translation: “after he and others took him down … they rolled a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 15 46 g9hf figs-activepassive μνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας 1 a tomb that had been cut from a rock You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a tomb that someone had previously cut out of solid rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From a4b60d606b932f321210774074e16363e73768f5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 17:18:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 44/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 9e0884b283..fe8a8d654a 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@ MRK 15 41 a3qk figs-go αἱ συναναβᾶσαι 1 who had come up with him MRK 15 42 ekbl translate-versebridge ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 If it would be more natural in your language to introduce Joseph of Arimathea and what he did, before giving the reason for what he did, you could create a verse bridge by moving this sentence to verse 43 and taking the information about Joseph of Arimathea from verse 43 and placing it after the phrase **And when evening had already come** in this verse. You would then present the combined verses as 42-43, as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge) MRK 15 42 lxm5 writing-background ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 Connecting Statement: Mark provides this background information about what day it was to help readers understand what happens in this episode. God commanded in Deuteronomy 21:22-23 that any person who was put to death by hanging on a wooden object should be buried on the same day that they were put to death. Because of this and the fact that **evening had already come** and the following day was the **Sabbath**, on which Jews did not work, the people involved wanted to bury Jesus’ body quickly. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n MRK 15 42 ug97 figs-explicit παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 when evening had already come The phrase **the Day of Preparation** refers to the day on which Jews would make preparations for the **Sabbath** so that they would not have to do work on the **Sabbath**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what the Day of Preparation was.It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “the Day of Preparation on which Jews made preparations for the Sabbath. The Day of Preparation is the day before the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 15 43 xn8t writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea, a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God, having come, he boldly went in to Pilate The phrase **having come** refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly came to Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +MRK 15 43 xn8t writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea, a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God, having come, he boldly went in to Pilate Mark puts the phrase **having come** after he gives the background information about Joseph in order to provide emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly came to Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) MRK 15 43 wgz8 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea The word **Joseph** is the name of a man, and the word **Arimathea** is the name of the place that he is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 43 u7ll writing-background εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God Mark provides this background information about **Joseph** to help readers understand why Joseph would ask Pilate for Jesus’ body and why Pilate might have granted his request. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 15 43 zvw4 figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 asked for the body of Jesus The reason that **Joseph** asked Pilate **for the body of Jesus** was so that he could bury it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” or “asked that he be given the body of Jesus so that he could bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 40a05af5ad541523a147f69e986a10166740df29 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 17:27:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 45/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index fe8a8d654a..7bdc421f36 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1542,7 +1542,7 @@ MRK 15 43 zvw4 figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησο MRK 15 44 f484 κεντυρίωνα 1 See how you translated the term **centurion** in [15:39](../15/39.md). MRK 15 45 z3gl κεντυρίωνος 1 But Pilate was wondering if he had already died, and having called the centurion See how you translated the term **centurion** in [15:39](../15/39.md). MRK 15 45 v5ys ἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 he gave the body to Joseph See how you translated the name **Joseph** in [15:43](../15/43.md). -MRK 15 46 g4c9 σινδόνα 1 a linen cloth Linen is cloth made from the fibers of a flax plant. See how you translated this in [Mark 14:51](../14/51.md). +MRK 15 46 g4c9 σινδόνα 1 a linen cloth See how you translated the term **linen** in [14:51](../14/51.md). MRK 15 46 eb9h figs-metonymy καθελὼν αὐτὸν…προσεκύλισεν λίθον 1 having taken him down … he rolled a stone You may need to make explicit that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, and closed the tomb. Alternate translation: “after he and others took him down … they rolled a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 15 46 g9hf figs-activepassive μνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας 1 a tomb that had been cut from a rock You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a tomb that someone had previously cut out of solid rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 15 46 bw4k λίθον ἐπὶ 1 a stone against “a huge flat stone in front of” From 5b2b38703d314a834cbbbc5cb4adcdaab8fe9aa6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 17:31:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 46/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 7bdc421f36..b5858f383e 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1544,7 +1544,7 @@ MRK 15 45 z3gl κεντυρίωνος 1 But Pilate was wondering if he had alre MRK 15 45 v5ys ἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 he gave the body to Joseph See how you translated the name **Joseph** in [15:43](../15/43.md). MRK 15 46 g4c9 σινδόνα 1 a linen cloth See how you translated the term **linen** in [14:51](../14/51.md). MRK 15 46 eb9h figs-metonymy καθελὼν αὐτὸν…προσεκύλισεν λίθον 1 having taken him down … he rolled a stone You may need to make explicit that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, and closed the tomb. Alternate translation: “after he and others took him down … they rolled a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 15 46 g9hf figs-activepassive μνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας 1 a tomb that had been cut from a rock You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a tomb that someone had previously cut out of solid rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 15 46 g9hf figs-activepassive ἦν λελατομημένον 1 a tomb that had been cut from a rock If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that “people” cut the tomb from a rock. Alternate translation: “someone had previously cut” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 15 46 bw4k λίθον ἐπὶ 1 a stone against “a huge flat stone in front of” MRK 15 47 m782 translate-names Ἰωσῆτος 1 of Joses This **Joses** was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 47 v3wu figs-activepassive ποῦ τέθειται 1 where he was laid You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the place where Joseph and the others buried Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From cce688cb271221dfbdddae1937cbb7118bcdb2c6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 17:39:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 47/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index b5858f383e..98772d162a 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1543,7 +1543,7 @@ MRK 15 44 f484 κεντυρίωνα 1 See how you translated the term **centur MRK 15 45 z3gl κεντυρίωνος 1 But Pilate was wondering if he had already died, and having called the centurion See how you translated the term **centurion** in [15:39](../15/39.md). MRK 15 45 v5ys ἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 he gave the body to Joseph See how you translated the name **Joseph** in [15:43](../15/43.md). MRK 15 46 g4c9 σινδόνα 1 a linen cloth See how you translated the term **linen** in [14:51](../14/51.md). -MRK 15 46 eb9h figs-metonymy καθελὼν αὐτὸν…προσεκύλισεν λίθον 1 having taken him down … he rolled a stone You may need to make explicit that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, and closed the tomb. Alternate translation: “after he and others took him down … they rolled a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 15 46 eb9h figs-explicit καθελὼν αὐτὸν, ἐνείλησεν τῇ σινδόνι, καὶ ἔθηκεν αὐτὸν ἐν μνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας; καὶ προσεκύλισεν λίθον ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν τοῦ μνημείου 1 having taken him down … he rolled a stone Mark assumes that his readers will know that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, laid it in the tomb, and rolled a stone against the entrance to the tomb in order to close it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph and those helping him took down Jesus’ body, wrapped him in the linen cloth, and laid him in a tomb that was cut from a rock. And they rolled a stone against the entrance of the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 46 g9hf figs-activepassive ἦν λελατομημένον 1 a tomb that had been cut from a rock If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that “people” cut the tomb from a rock. Alternate translation: “someone had previously cut” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 15 46 bw4k λίθον ἐπὶ 1 a stone against “a huge flat stone in front of” MRK 15 47 m782 translate-names Ἰωσῆτος 1 of Joses This **Joses** was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 79a6a617db9a9d0a464a0180cbe1473676baa56b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 17:41:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 48/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 98772d162a..3dc9884b89 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1543,9 +1543,8 @@ MRK 15 44 f484 κεντυρίωνα 1 See how you translated the term **centur MRK 15 45 z3gl κεντυρίωνος 1 But Pilate was wondering if he had already died, and having called the centurion See how you translated the term **centurion** in [15:39](../15/39.md). MRK 15 45 v5ys ἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 he gave the body to Joseph See how you translated the name **Joseph** in [15:43](../15/43.md). MRK 15 46 g4c9 σινδόνα 1 a linen cloth See how you translated the term **linen** in [14:51](../14/51.md). -MRK 15 46 eb9h figs-explicit καθελὼν αὐτὸν, ἐνείλησεν τῇ σινδόνι, καὶ ἔθηκεν αὐτὸν ἐν μνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας; καὶ προσεκύλισεν λίθον ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν τοῦ μνημείου 1 having taken him down … he rolled a stone Mark assumes that his readers will know that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, laid it in the tomb, and rolled a stone against the entrance to the tomb in order to close it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph and those helping him took down Jesus’ body, wrapped him in the linen cloth, and laid him in a tomb that was cut from a rock. And they rolled a stone against the entrance of the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 15 46 eb9h figs-explicit καθελὼν αὐτὸν, ἐνείλησεν τῇ σινδόνι, καὶ ἔθηκεν αὐτὸν ἐν μνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας; καὶ προσεκύλισεν λίθον ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν τοῦ μνημείου 1 having taken him down … he rolled a stone Mark assumes that his readers will know that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, laid it in the tomb, and rolled a stone against the entrance to the tomb in order to close it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph and the people who helped him, took Jesus’ body down, wrapped him in the linen cloth, and laid him in a tomb that was cut from a rock. And they rolled a stone against the entrance of the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 46 g9hf figs-activepassive ἦν λελατομημένον 1 a tomb that had been cut from a rock If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that “people” cut the tomb from a rock. Alternate translation: “someone had previously cut” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 15 46 bw4k λίθον ἐπὶ 1 a stone against “a huge flat stone in front of” MRK 15 47 m782 translate-names Ἰωσῆτος 1 of Joses This **Joses** was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 47 v3wu figs-activepassive ποῦ τέθειται 1 where he was laid You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the place where Joseph and the others buried Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### A young man dressed in a white robe

Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md)) From 0e89303cee452f098e978faa34e3d534463f33b6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 17:55:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 49/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 3dc9884b89..daa72390d1 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1544,8 +1544,9 @@ MRK 15 45 z3gl κεντυρίωνος 1 But Pilate was wondering if he had alre MRK 15 45 v5ys ἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 he gave the body to Joseph See how you translated the name **Joseph** in [15:43](../15/43.md). MRK 15 46 g4c9 σινδόνα 1 a linen cloth See how you translated the term **linen** in [14:51](../14/51.md). MRK 15 46 eb9h figs-explicit καθελὼν αὐτὸν, ἐνείλησεν τῇ σινδόνι, καὶ ἔθηκεν αὐτὸν ἐν μνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας; καὶ προσεκύλισεν λίθον ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν τοῦ μνημείου 1 having taken him down … he rolled a stone Mark assumes that his readers will know that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, laid it in the tomb, and rolled a stone against the entrance to the tomb in order to close it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph and the people who helped him, took Jesus’ body down, wrapped him in the linen cloth, and laid him in a tomb that was cut from a rock. And they rolled a stone against the entrance of the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 15 46 g9hf figs-activepassive ἦν λελατομημένον 1 a tomb that had been cut from a rock If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that “people” cut the tomb from a rock. Alternate translation: “someone had previously cut” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 15 47 m782 translate-names Ἰωσῆτος 1 of Joses This **Joses** was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 15 46 g9hf figs-activepassive ἦν λελατομημένον 1 a tomb that had been cut from a rock If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that a “person” or several “people” had cut the tomb from a rock. Alternate translation: “someone had previously cut” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 15 47 m782 translate-names Ἰωσῆτος 1 of Joses This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 15 47 jvz4 translate-names Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 See how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 47 v3wu figs-activepassive ποῦ τέθειται 1 where he was laid You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the place where Joseph and the others buried Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### A young man dressed in a white robe

Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md)) MRK 16 1 cw1b 0 Connecting Statement: On the first day of the week, women come early because they expect to use spices to anoint Jesus’ body. They are surprised to see a young man who tells them Jesus is alive, but they are afraid and do not tell anyone. From 7e5ec596b7137809d33b3a6c0b9acbf2b006eae7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 19:20:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 50/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index daa72390d1..1fdc7f7694 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1547,6 +1547,7 @@ MRK 15 46 eb9h figs-explicit καθελὼν αὐτὸν, ἐνείλησεν MRK 15 46 g9hf figs-activepassive ἦν λελατομημένον 1 a tomb that had been cut from a rock If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that a “person” or several “people” had cut the tomb from a rock. Alternate translation: “someone had previously cut” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 15 47 m782 translate-names Ἰωσῆτος 1 of Joses This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 47 jvz4 translate-names Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 See how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 15 47 yexp Μαρία ἡ  1 See how you translated the phrase “Mary the mother of” in [15:40](../15/40.md). MRK 15 47 v3wu figs-activepassive ποῦ τέθειται 1 where he was laid You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the place where Joseph and the others buried Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### A young man dressed in a white robe

Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md)) MRK 16 1 cw1b 0 Connecting Statement: On the first day of the week, women come early because they expect to use spices to anoint Jesus’ body. They are surprised to see a young man who tells them Jesus is alive, but they are afraid and do not tell anyone. From d294b2e7b1bd48549529f936f0ae23b4b1f084b0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 19:21:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 52/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 1fdc7f7694..86b38bf972 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1547,7 +1547,7 @@ MRK 15 46 eb9h figs-explicit καθελὼν αὐτὸν, ἐνείλησεν MRK 15 46 g9hf figs-activepassive ἦν λελατομημένον 1 a tomb that had been cut from a rock If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that a “person” or several “people” had cut the tomb from a rock. Alternate translation: “someone had previously cut” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 15 47 m782 translate-names Ἰωσῆτος 1 of Joses This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 47 jvz4 translate-names Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 See how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 15 47 yexp Μαρία ἡ  1 See how you translated the phrase “Mary the mother of” in [15:40](../15/40.md). +MRK 15 47 yexp Μαρία ἡ  2 See how you translated the phrase “Mary the mother” in [15:40](../15/40.md). MRK 15 47 v3wu figs-activepassive ποῦ τέθειται 1 where he was laid You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the place where Joseph and the others buried Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### A young man dressed in a white robe

Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md)) MRK 16 1 cw1b 0 Connecting Statement: On the first day of the week, women come early because they expect to use spices to anoint Jesus’ body. They are surprised to see a young man who tells them Jesus is alive, but they are afraid and do not tell anyone. From f47f85f25f197f2404eecf6b31ab2aeeccf553e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 19:23:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 53/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 86b38bf972..1f3b66a8b2 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1545,7 +1545,7 @@ MRK 15 45 v5ys ἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 he gav MRK 15 46 g4c9 σινδόνα 1 a linen cloth See how you translated the term **linen** in [14:51](../14/51.md). MRK 15 46 eb9h figs-explicit καθελὼν αὐτὸν, ἐνείλησεν τῇ σινδόνι, καὶ ἔθηκεν αὐτὸν ἐν μνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας; καὶ προσεκύλισεν λίθον ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν τοῦ μνημείου 1 having taken him down … he rolled a stone Mark assumes that his readers will know that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, laid it in the tomb, and rolled a stone against the entrance to the tomb in order to close it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph and the people who helped him, took Jesus’ body down, wrapped him in the linen cloth, and laid him in a tomb that was cut from a rock. And they rolled a stone against the entrance of the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 15 46 g9hf figs-activepassive ἦν λελατομημένον 1 a tomb that had been cut from a rock If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that a “person” or several “people” had cut the tomb from a rock. Alternate translation: “someone had previously cut” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 15 47 m782 translate-names Ἰωσῆτος 1 of Joses This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 15 47 m782 translate-names Ἰωσῆτος 1 of Joses See how you translated the name **Joses** in [6:3](../06/03.md). This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus mentioned in [6:3](../06/03.md), though they share the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 47 jvz4 translate-names Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 See how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 47 yexp Μαρία ἡ  2 See how you translated the phrase “Mary the mother” in [15:40](../15/40.md). MRK 15 47 v3wu figs-activepassive ποῦ τέθειται 1 where he was laid You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the place where Joseph and the others buried Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 77fae713b00e0f4514777c3fa22f6c8caa586f8b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 19:25:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 54/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 1f3b66a8b2..140df2b669 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1548,7 +1548,7 @@ MRK 15 46 g9hf figs-activepassive ἦν λελατομημένον 1 a tomb that MRK 15 47 m782 translate-names Ἰωσῆτος 1 of Joses See how you translated the name **Joses** in [6:3](../06/03.md). This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus mentioned in [6:3](../06/03.md), though they share the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 47 jvz4 translate-names Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 See how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 47 yexp Μαρία ἡ  2 See how you translated the phrase “Mary the mother” in [15:40](../15/40.md). -MRK 15 47 v3wu figs-activepassive ποῦ τέθειται 1 where he was laid You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the place where Joseph and the others buried Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 15 47 v3wu figs-activepassive τέθειται 1 where he was laid If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### A young man dressed in a white robe

Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md)) MRK 16 1 cw1b 0 Connecting Statement: On the first day of the week, women come early because they expect to use spices to anoint Jesus’ body. They are surprised to see a young man who tells them Jesus is alive, but they are afraid and do not tell anyone. MRK 16 1 p61n καὶ διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 And the Sabbath having passed That is, after **the Sabbath**, the seventh day of the week, had ended and the first day of the week had begun. From deba019e8abfbe57a45b7b66e3cbb01724e9a26b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 20:37:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 56/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 140df2b669..f9409cce47 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1547,7 +1547,7 @@ MRK 15 46 eb9h figs-explicit καθελὼν αὐτὸν, ἐνείλησεν MRK 15 46 g9hf figs-activepassive ἦν λελατομημένον 1 a tomb that had been cut from a rock If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that a “person” or several “people” had cut the tomb from a rock. Alternate translation: “someone had previously cut” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 15 47 m782 translate-names Ἰωσῆτος 1 of Joses See how you translated the name **Joses** in [6:3](../06/03.md). This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus mentioned in [6:3](../06/03.md), though they share the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 47 jvz4 translate-names Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 See how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 15 47 yexp Μαρία ἡ  2 See how you translated the phrase “Mary the mother” in [15:40](../15/40.md). +MRK 15 47 yexp Μαρία ἡ Ἰωσῆτος 1 See how you translated the phrase “Mary the mother of” in [15:40](../15/40.md). MRK 15 47 v3wu figs-activepassive τέθειται 1 where he was laid If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### A young man dressed in a white robe

Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md)) MRK 16 1 cw1b 0 Connecting Statement: On the first day of the week, women come early because they expect to use spices to anoint Jesus’ body. They are surprised to see a young man who tells them Jesus is alive, but they are afraid and do not tell anyone. From 01fa95448b0c3f7645760768c7d06c00a5a28680 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 20:37:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 57/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index f9409cce47..f3a87d8cdc 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1548,7 +1548,7 @@ MRK 15 46 g9hf figs-activepassive ἦν λελατομημένον 1 a tomb that MRK 15 47 m782 translate-names Ἰωσῆτος 1 of Joses See how you translated the name **Joses** in [6:3](../06/03.md). This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus mentioned in [6:3](../06/03.md), though they share the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 47 jvz4 translate-names Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 See how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 47 yexp Μαρία ἡ Ἰωσῆτος 1 See how you translated the phrase “Mary the mother of” in [15:40](../15/40.md). -MRK 15 47 v3wu figs-activepassive τέθειται 1 where he was laid If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 15 47 v3wu figs-activepassive τέθειται 1 where he was laid If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can state it in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### A young man dressed in a white robe

Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md)) MRK 16 1 cw1b 0 Connecting Statement: On the first day of the week, women come early because they expect to use spices to anoint Jesus’ body. They are surprised to see a young man who tells them Jesus is alive, but they are afraid and do not tell anyone. MRK 16 1 p61n καὶ διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 And the Sabbath having passed That is, after **the Sabbath**, the seventh day of the week, had ended and the first day of the week had begun. From f39722660745c4f45bc797b15311a265c9e1fc58 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 20:49:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 58/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index f3a87d8cdc..598514ba6b 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1550,7 +1550,7 @@ MRK 15 47 jvz4 translate-names Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 See how you MRK 15 47 yexp Μαρία ἡ Ἰωσῆτος 1 See how you translated the phrase “Mary the mother of” in [15:40](../15/40.md). MRK 15 47 v3wu figs-activepassive τέθειται 1 where he was laid If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can state it in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### A young man dressed in a white robe

Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md)) -MRK 16 1 cw1b 0 Connecting Statement: On the first day of the week, women come early because they expect to use spices to anoint Jesus’ body. They are surprised to see a young man who tells them Jesus is alive, but they are afraid and do not tell anyone. +MRK 16 1 cw1b translate-names ἡ Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ  1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 16 1 p61n καὶ διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 And the Sabbath having passed That is, after **the Sabbath**, the seventh day of the week, had ended and the first day of the week had begun. MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From c501c1798906823b5b329f0601ca07aede34cfcc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 20:52:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 59/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 598514ba6b..9750bbc903 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1551,6 +1551,7 @@ MRK 15 47 yexp Μαρία ἡ Ἰωσῆτος 1 See how you translated the ph MRK 15 47 v3wu figs-activepassive τέθειται 1 where he was laid If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can state it in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### A young man dressed in a white robe

Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md)) MRK 16 1 cw1b translate-names ἡ Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ  1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 16 1 fm8u translate-names 1 See how you translated the phrase **Mary the mother of** in [15:47](../15/47.md). MRK 16 1 p61n καὶ διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 And the Sabbath having passed That is, after **the Sabbath**, the seventh day of the week, had ended and the first day of the week had begun. MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From dc10d0cf2d8b6d2e96925d1cc16ab90fea42a5b9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 20:53:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 60/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 9750bbc903..11fb6c2eb8 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1551,7 +1551,7 @@ MRK 15 47 yexp Μαρία ἡ Ἰωσῆτος 1 See how you translated the ph MRK 15 47 v3wu figs-activepassive τέθειται 1 where he was laid If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can state it in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### A young man dressed in a white robe

Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md)) MRK 16 1 cw1b translate-names ἡ Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ  1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 16 1 fm8u translate-names 1 See how you translated the phrase **Mary the mother of** in [15:47](../15/47.md). +MRK 16 1 fm8u translate-names 1 See how you translated the phrase **Mary the mother of** in [15:40](../15/40.md). MRK 16 1 p61n καὶ διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 And the Sabbath having passed That is, after **the Sabbath**, the seventh day of the week, had ended and the first day of the week had begun. MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 7c6f2839cf2122c7c0b407988080eff066078ba8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 20:53:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 61/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 11fb6c2eb8..7fbb0f5895 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1551,7 +1551,7 @@ MRK 15 47 yexp Μαρία ἡ Ἰωσῆτος 1 See how you translated the ph MRK 15 47 v3wu figs-activepassive τέθειται 1 where he was laid If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can state it in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### A young man dressed in a white robe

Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md)) MRK 16 1 cw1b translate-names ἡ Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ  1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 16 1 fm8u translate-names 1 See how you translated the phrase **Mary the mother of** in [15:40](../15/40.md). +MRK 16 1 fm8u Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου 1 See how you translated the phrase **Mary the mother of** in [15:40](../15/40.md). MRK 16 1 p61n καὶ διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 And the Sabbath having passed That is, after **the Sabbath**, the seventh day of the week, had ended and the first day of the week had begun. MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 6fa7f695363ebfaaf99a2926790021b09b4a017f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 21:07:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 62/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 7fbb0f5895..9901e757c4 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@ MRK 15 47 v3wu figs-activepassive τέθειται 1 where he was laid If your l MRK 16 intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### A young man dressed in a white robe

Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md)) MRK 16 1 cw1b translate-names ἡ Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ  1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 16 1 fm8u Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου 1 See how you translated the phrase **Mary the mother of** in [15:40](../15/40.md). -MRK 16 1 p61n καὶ διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 And the Sabbath having passed That is, after **the Sabbath**, the seventh day of the week, had ended and the first day of the week had begun. +MRK 16 1 p61n figs-explicit διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 And the Sabbath having passed By using the phrase **the Sabbath having passed**, Mark is explaining that the Jewish day of rest, called the **Sabbath**, had ended and that it was now permissible, according to Jewish law, for these women to buy spices. The phrase **the Sabbath having passed** does not mean that the actual day on which the **Sabbath** occurred was over. The Jewish **Sabbath** ended at sunset on Saturday evening. If it would help your readers you could indicate explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the sun had set on Saturday evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 3e35f6656ed446598a04ff2f6c625a7af94765ff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 21:09:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 63/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 9901e757c4..0564861e09 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1550,9 +1550,10 @@ MRK 15 47 jvz4 translate-names Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 See how you MRK 15 47 yexp Μαρία ἡ Ἰωσῆτος 1 See how you translated the phrase “Mary the mother of” in [15:40](../15/40.md). MRK 15 47 v3wu figs-activepassive τέθειται 1 where he was laid If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can state it in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### A young man dressed in a white robe

Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md)) +MRK 16 1 p61n figs-explicit διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 And the Sabbath having passed By using the phrase **the Sabbath having passed**, Mark is explaining that the Jewish day of rest, called the **Sabbath**, had ended and that it was now permissible, according to Jewish law, for these women to buy spices. The phrase **the Sabbath having passed** does not mean that the actual day on which the **Sabbath** occurred was over. The Jewish **Sabbath** ended at sunset on Saturday evening. If it would help your readers you could indicate explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the sun had set on Saturday evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 16 1 cw1b translate-names ἡ Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ  1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 16 1 fm8u Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου 1 See how you translated the phrase **Mary the mother of** in [15:40](../15/40.md). -MRK 16 1 p61n figs-explicit διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 And the Sabbath having passed By using the phrase **the Sabbath having passed**, Mark is explaining that the Jewish day of rest, called the **Sabbath**, had ended and that it was now permissible, according to Jewish law, for these women to buy spices. The phrase **the Sabbath having passed** does not mean that the actual day on which the **Sabbath** occurred was over. The Jewish **Sabbath** ended at sunset on Saturday evening. If it would help your readers you could indicate explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the sun had set on Saturday evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 16 1 nmvs Σαλώμη 1 See how you translated the name **Salome** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From a605cee5ef20ed558ef7ddcfed858986a5e1d0d5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 21:10:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 64/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 0564861e09..df4faf68a9 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1553,7 +1553,7 @@ MRK 16 intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in thi MRK 16 1 p61n figs-explicit διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 And the Sabbath having passed By using the phrase **the Sabbath having passed**, Mark is explaining that the Jewish day of rest, called the **Sabbath**, had ended and that it was now permissible, according to Jewish law, for these women to buy spices. The phrase **the Sabbath having passed** does not mean that the actual day on which the **Sabbath** occurred was over. The Jewish **Sabbath** ended at sunset on Saturday evening. If it would help your readers you could indicate explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the sun had set on Saturday evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 16 1 cw1b translate-names ἡ Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ  1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 16 1 fm8u Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου 1 See how you translated the phrase **Mary the mother of** in [15:40](../15/40.md). -MRK 16 1 nmvs Σαλώμη 1 See how you translated the name **Salome** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 16 1 nmvs translate-names Σαλώμη 1 See how you translated the name **Salome** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 3d1e2ff7bcac9d87ff75abfdb722f95e1f72bdca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 21:30:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 65/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index df4faf68a9..3a77bbc752 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1554,6 +1554,7 @@ MRK 16 1 p61n figs-explicit διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 MRK 16 1 cw1b translate-names ἡ Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ  1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 16 1 fm8u Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου 1 See how you translated the phrase **Mary the mother of** in [15:40](../15/40.md). MRK 16 1 nmvs translate-names Σαλώμη 1 See how you translated the name **Salome** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 16 1 zrcf grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The women **bought spices** for the purpose of anointing Jesus’ body with them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From ba525a68dabb328c9ec55576043311f2228f8390 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 21:52:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 66/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 3a77bbc752..19a69b594d 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1555,6 +1555,7 @@ MRK 16 1 cw1b translate-names ἡ Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ  1 Connect MRK 16 1 fm8u Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου 1 See how you translated the phrase **Mary the mother of** in [15:40](../15/40.md). MRK 16 1 nmvs translate-names Σαλώμη 1 See how you translated the name **Salome** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 16 1 zrcf grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The women **bought spices** for the purpose of anointing Jesus’ body with them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +MRK 16 2 qcmt figs-explicit τῇ μιᾷ 1 Here, the word **first** refers to the “first day” of the week. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 9df0d4ced7bd3645900ac928ef9a3eb88a477965 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 13:42:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 67/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 19a69b594d..c4a905a723 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1556,6 +1556,6 @@ MRK 16 1 fm8u Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου 1 See how you translated the phra MRK 16 1 nmvs translate-names Σαλώμη 1 See how you translated the name **Salome** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 16 1 zrcf grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The women **bought spices** for the purpose of anointing Jesus’ body with them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) MRK 16 2 qcmt figs-explicit τῇ μιᾷ 1 Here, the word **first** refers to the “first day” of the week. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From fe8b2b866e46b1c8cb40498f134f9af776a0878e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 15:35:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 68/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index c4a905a723..2e7010b706 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1557,5 +1557,6 @@ MRK 16 1 nmvs translate-names Σαλώμη 1 See how you translated the name ** MRK 16 1 zrcf grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The women **bought spices** for the purpose of anointing Jesus’ body with them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) MRK 16 2 qcmt figs-explicit τῇ μιᾷ 1 Here, the word **first** refers to the “first day” of the week. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 16 5 oaqk figs-extrainfo νεανίσκον 1 By these things, Jesus likely means his identity as God’s Son and God’s identity as his Father: He says of those identities in the next verse that only people to whom he reveals them can understand them, just as he says here that these things are revealed only to certain people. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From b08047e06cd6de08c479b242137df67ee8cbd481 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 15:39:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 69/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 2e7010b706..19808a13d9 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1557,6 +1557,6 @@ MRK 16 1 nmvs translate-names Σαλώμη 1 See how you translated the name ** MRK 16 1 zrcf grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The women **bought spices** for the purpose of anointing Jesus’ body with them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) MRK 16 2 qcmt figs-explicit τῇ μιᾷ 1 Here, the word **first** refers to the “first day” of the week. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 16 5 oaqk figs-extrainfo νεανίσκον 1 By these things, Jesus likely means his identity as God’s Son and God’s identity as his Father: He says of those identities in the next verse that only people to whom he reveals them can understand them, just as he says here that these things are revealed only to certain people. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +MRK 16 5 oaqk figs-extrainfo νεανίσκον 1 Here, the **young man** is actually an angel who looked like a young man. See the discussion of this under the General Notes section for this chapter. See the UST for an alternate way to translate **young man**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From c282a4e16be0ff0f6c3863566b6d94c4588cff69 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 15:43:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 70/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 19808a13d9..03a401c9cf 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1557,6 +1557,6 @@ MRK 16 1 nmvs translate-names Σαλώμη 1 See how you translated the name ** MRK 16 1 zrcf grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The women **bought spices** for the purpose of anointing Jesus’ body with them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) MRK 16 2 qcmt figs-explicit τῇ μιᾷ 1 Here, the word **first** refers to the “first day” of the week. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 16 5 oaqk figs-extrainfo νεανίσκον 1 Here, the **young man** is actually an angel who looked like a young man. See the discussion of this under the General Notes section for this chapter. See the UST for an alternate way to translate **young man**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +MRK 16 5 oaqk figs-extrainfo νεανίσκον 1 Here, the **young man** is actually an angel who looked like a young man. You should translate the phrase **young man** as it appears in in the ULT. See the discussion of this under the General Notes section for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 732aadf6fc386b59ad880cdd7236275b29a610cb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 15:44:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 71/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 03a401c9cf..4d6bbe783f 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1557,6 +1557,6 @@ MRK 16 1 nmvs translate-names Σαλώμη 1 See how you translated the name ** MRK 16 1 zrcf grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The women **bought spices** for the purpose of anointing Jesus’ body with them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) MRK 16 2 qcmt figs-explicit τῇ μιᾷ 1 Here, the word **first** refers to the “first day” of the week. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 16 5 oaqk figs-extrainfo νεανίσκον 1 Here, the **young man** is actually an angel who looked like a young man. You should translate the phrase **young man** as it appears in in the ULT. See the discussion of this under the General Notes section for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +MRK 16 5 oaqk figs-extrainfo νεανίσκον 1 Here, the **young man** is actually an angel who looked like a young man. See the discussion of this under the General Notes section for this chapter.You should translate the phrase **young man** as it appears in in the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 6cdf624153a16c4c6224d4b0c583ac93c59179c5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 17:02:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 72/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 4d6bbe783f..d2d5757386 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1558,5 +1558,6 @@ MRK 16 1 zrcf grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** int MRK 16 2 qcmt figs-explicit τῇ μιᾷ 1 Here, the word **first** refers to the “first day” of the week. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 5 oaqk figs-extrainfo νεανίσκον 1 Here, the **young man** is actually an angel who looked like a young man. See the discussion of this under the General Notes section for this chapter.You should translate the phrase **young man** as it appears in in the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 16 6 ie57 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is implied that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead!” or “He arose!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 4efa99f1d554cec395eee971cece54d5e732df9c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 17:04:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 73/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index d2d5757386..2b1ab22c82 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1558,6 +1558,6 @@ MRK 16 1 zrcf grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** int MRK 16 2 qcmt figs-explicit τῇ μιᾷ 1 Here, the word **first** refers to the “first day” of the week. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 5 oaqk figs-extrainfo νεανίσκον 1 Here, the **young man** is actually an angel who looked like a young man. See the discussion of this under the General Notes section for this chapter.You should translate the phrase **young man** as it appears in in the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -MRK 16 6 ie57 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 16 6 ie57 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is implied that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead!” or “He arose!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 937016e6be63517da6e086757fd9997989373239 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 17:08:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 74/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 2b1ab22c82..c02334698c 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1558,6 +1558,6 @@ MRK 16 1 zrcf grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** int MRK 16 2 qcmt figs-explicit τῇ μιᾷ 1 Here, the word **first** refers to the “first day” of the week. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 5 oaqk figs-extrainfo νεανίσκον 1 Here, the **young man** is actually an angel who looked like a young man. See the discussion of this under the General Notes section for this chapter.You should translate the phrase **young man** as it appears in in the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -MRK 16 6 ie57 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 16 6 ie57 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies in chapter 15 that Pilate’s “soldiers” did it. Alternate translation: “who Pilate’s soldiers crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is implied that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead!” or “He arose!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 82a2ad32cfd80c47095f40ed0e422f411ffc26f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 17:18:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 75/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index c02334698c..ac484d08f3 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1558,6 +1558,7 @@ MRK 16 1 zrcf grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** int MRK 16 2 qcmt figs-explicit τῇ μιᾷ 1 Here, the word **first** refers to the “first day” of the week. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 5 oaqk figs-extrainfo νεανίσκον 1 Here, the **young man** is actually an angel who looked like a young man. See the discussion of this under the General Notes section for this chapter.You should translate the phrase **young man** as it appears in in the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +MRK 16 6 mo0d ἐκθαμβεῖσθε 1 See how you translated the word **alarmed** in [16:05](../16/05.md). MRK 16 6 ie57 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies in chapter 15 that Pilate’s “soldiers” did it. Alternate translation: “who Pilate’s soldiers crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is implied that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead!” or “He arose!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From d66878af658c955b57630ca66c7ff801285d7b1d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 17:40:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 76/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index ac484d08f3..6e9a7cf07f 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1560,5 +1560,5 @@ MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 th MRK 16 5 oaqk figs-extrainfo νεανίσκον 1 Here, the **young man** is actually an angel who looked like a young man. See the discussion of this under the General Notes section for this chapter.You should translate the phrase **young man** as it appears in in the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 16 6 mo0d ἐκθαμβεῖσθε 1 See how you translated the word **alarmed** in [16:05](../16/05.md). MRK 16 6 ie57 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies in chapter 15 that Pilate’s “soldiers” did it. Alternate translation: “who Pilate’s soldiers crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is implied that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead!” or “He arose!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is implied that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead!” or “He has risen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From e57d94083e49e06610d34aa4b3ab91884cf18b0f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 17:47:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 77/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 6e9a7cf07f..237f31e8da 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1561,4 +1561,5 @@ MRK 16 5 oaqk figs-extrainfo νεανίσκον 1 Here, the **young man** is ac MRK 16 6 mo0d ἐκθαμβεῖσθε 1 See how you translated the word **alarmed** in [16:05](../16/05.md). MRK 16 6 ie57 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies in chapter 15 that Pilate’s “soldiers” did it. Alternate translation: “who Pilate’s soldiers crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is implied that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead!” or “He has risen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 16 7 axgu figs-quotesinquotes προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter that he is going ahead of them to Galilee and that they will see him there, just as he told them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From be50362246903519b0529fdc9561abcec4d1db2d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 17:48:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 78/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 237f31e8da..6eff0e4217 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1561,5 +1561,5 @@ MRK 16 5 oaqk figs-extrainfo νεανίσκον 1 Here, the **young man** is ac MRK 16 6 mo0d ἐκθαμβεῖσθε 1 See how you translated the word **alarmed** in [16:05](../16/05.md). MRK 16 6 ie57 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies in chapter 15 that Pilate’s “soldiers” did it. Alternate translation: “who Pilate’s soldiers crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is implied that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead!” or “He has risen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 16 7 axgu figs-quotesinquotes προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter that he is going ahead of them to Galilee and that they will see him there, just as he told them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 16 7 axgu figs-quotesinquotes Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter that he is going ahead of them to Galilee and that they will see him there, just as he told them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 93861016643d44710227f9404412d142da39a6da Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 17:49:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 79/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 6eff0e4217..f65b0c0db5 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1561,5 +1561,5 @@ MRK 16 5 oaqk figs-extrainfo νεανίσκον 1 Here, the **young man** is ac MRK 16 6 mo0d ἐκθαμβεῖσθε 1 See how you translated the word **alarmed** in [16:05](../16/05.md). MRK 16 6 ie57 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies in chapter 15 that Pilate’s “soldiers” did it. Alternate translation: “who Pilate’s soldiers crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is implied that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead!” or “He has risen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 16 7 axgu figs-quotesinquotes Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter that he is going ahead of them to Galilee and that they will see him there, just as he told them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 16 7 axgu figs-quotesinquotes Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter that he is going ahead of them to Galilee and that they will see him there, just as he told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 70ca0f4d6becd54f7f757477cd3b95ff0752b439 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 19:02:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 80/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index f65b0c0db5..18cdc2871f 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1561,5 +1561,6 @@ MRK 16 5 oaqk figs-extrainfo νεανίσκον 1 Here, the **young man** is ac MRK 16 6 mo0d ἐκθαμβεῖσθε 1 See how you translated the word **alarmed** in [16:05](../16/05.md). MRK 16 6 ie57 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies in chapter 15 that Pilate’s “soldiers” did it. Alternate translation: “who Pilate’s soldiers crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is implied that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead!” or “He has risen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 16 7 x3u1 figs-explicit καὶ τῷ Πέτρῳ 1 The phrase **and Peter** is not making a distinction between **Peter** and the disciples by indicating that **Peter** is not part of the group of Jesus’ 12 **disciples**. Rather, the phrase **and Peter** is being used to emphasize that off all of the 12 disciples of Jesus, these women should take special care to tell Peter the information that follows this phrase. Alternate translation: “and especially Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 16 7 axgu figs-quotesinquotes Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter that he is going ahead of them to Galilee and that they will see him there, just as he told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 24b110b1df65404de7e9941b626ecdee022a6484 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 19:03:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 81/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 18cdc2871f..10a62f8548 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1561,6 +1561,6 @@ MRK 16 5 oaqk figs-extrainfo νεανίσκον 1 Here, the **young man** is ac MRK 16 6 mo0d ἐκθαμβεῖσθε 1 See how you translated the word **alarmed** in [16:05](../16/05.md). MRK 16 6 ie57 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies in chapter 15 that Pilate’s “soldiers” did it. Alternate translation: “who Pilate’s soldiers crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is implied that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead!” or “He has risen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 16 7 x3u1 figs-explicit καὶ τῷ Πέτρῳ 1 The phrase **and Peter** is not making a distinction between **Peter** and the disciples by indicating that **Peter** is not part of the group of Jesus’ 12 **disciples**. Rather, the phrase **and Peter** is being used to emphasize that off all of the 12 disciples of Jesus, these women should take special care to tell Peter the information that follows this phrase. Alternate translation: “and especially Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 16 7 x3u1 figs-explicit καὶ τῷ Πέτρῳ 1 The phrase **and Peter** is not making a distinction between **Peter** and the disciples by indicating that **Peter** is not part of the group of Jesus’ 12 **disciples**. Rather, the phrase **and Peter** is being used to emphasize that of all of the 12 disciples of Jesus, these women should take special care to tell Peter the information that follows this phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and especially Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 16 7 axgu figs-quotesinquotes Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter that he is going ahead of them to Galilee and that they will see him there, just as he told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From fa8dcdf16ec58aebb7862f14fabb331a542f31be Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 20:00:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 82/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 10a62f8548..9f76eadf62 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1563,4 +1563,6 @@ MRK 16 6 ie57 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your la MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is implied that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead!” or “He has risen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 7 x3u1 figs-explicit καὶ τῷ Πέτρῳ 1 The phrase **and Peter** is not making a distinction between **Peter** and the disciples by indicating that **Peter** is not part of the group of Jesus’ 12 **disciples**. Rather, the phrase **and Peter** is being used to emphasize that of all of the 12 disciples of Jesus, these women should take special care to tell Peter the information that follows this phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and especially Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 16 7 axgu figs-quotesinquotes Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter that he is going ahead of them to Galilee and that they will see him there, just as he told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 16 7 bdgb εἶχεν 1 +MRK 16 7 ydb0 1 MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 1ff63750b220fbd3861e9956a1d7aa7dc55a28e9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 20:03:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 83/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 9f76eadf62..3ae30f8c1e 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1563,6 +1563,7 @@ MRK 16 6 ie57 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your la MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is implied that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead!” or “He has risen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 7 x3u1 figs-explicit καὶ τῷ Πέτρῳ 1 The phrase **and Peter** is not making a distinction between **Peter** and the disciples by indicating that **Peter** is not part of the group of Jesus’ 12 **disciples**. Rather, the phrase **and Peter** is being used to emphasize that of all of the 12 disciples of Jesus, these women should take special care to tell Peter the information that follows this phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and especially Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 16 7 axgu figs-quotesinquotes Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter that he is going ahead of them to Galilee and that they will see him there, just as he told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -MRK 16 7 bdgb εἶχεν 1 -MRK 16 7 ydb0 1 +MRK 16 8 sh40 figs-abstractnouns ἔκστασις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **amazement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much you love all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 16 8 bdgb εἶχεν 1 +MRK 16 8 ydb0 1 MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 79045c4c2d82198340bb572152bfe93731d389f7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 20:04:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 84/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 3ae30f8c1e..84f01af705 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ MRK 16 6 ie57 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your la MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is implied that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead!” or “He has risen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 7 x3u1 figs-explicit καὶ τῷ Πέτρῳ 1 The phrase **and Peter** is not making a distinction between **Peter** and the disciples by indicating that **Peter** is not part of the group of Jesus’ 12 **disciples**. Rather, the phrase **and Peter** is being used to emphasize that of all of the 12 disciples of Jesus, these women should take special care to tell Peter the information that follows this phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and especially Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 16 7 axgu figs-quotesinquotes Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter that he is going ahead of them to Galilee and that they will see him there, just as he told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -MRK 16 8 sh40 figs-abstractnouns ἔκστασις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **amazement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much you love all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 16 8 sh40 figs-abstractnouns γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **amazement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much you love all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 16 8 bdgb εἶχεν 1 MRK 16 8 ydb0 1 MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From c3c5fa777ea52bb856ecdd364b2a4abb8386f6aa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 20:06:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 85/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 84f01af705..e690d69ae9 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ MRK 16 6 ie57 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your la MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is implied that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead!” or “He has risen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 7 x3u1 figs-explicit καὶ τῷ Πέτρῳ 1 The phrase **and Peter** is not making a distinction between **Peter** and the disciples by indicating that **Peter** is not part of the group of Jesus’ 12 **disciples**. Rather, the phrase **and Peter** is being used to emphasize that of all of the 12 disciples of Jesus, these women should take special care to tell Peter the information that follows this phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and especially Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 16 7 axgu figs-quotesinquotes Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter that he is going ahead of them to Galilee and that they will see him there, just as he told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -MRK 16 8 sh40 figs-abstractnouns γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **amazement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much you love all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 16 8 sh40 figs-abstractnouns εἶχεν γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **amazement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “amazed”. Alternate translation: “for they were greatly amazed and trembled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 16 8 bdgb εἶχεν 1 MRK 16 8 ydb0 1 MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 677769091b6416d0fff6e09438eb517bc451b8e5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 20:11:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 86/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index e690d69ae9..a8ebf6d72d 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1564,6 +1564,6 @@ MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! If your lan MRK 16 7 x3u1 figs-explicit καὶ τῷ Πέτρῳ 1 The phrase **and Peter** is not making a distinction between **Peter** and the disciples by indicating that **Peter** is not part of the group of Jesus’ 12 **disciples**. Rather, the phrase **and Peter** is being used to emphasize that of all of the 12 disciples of Jesus, these women should take special care to tell Peter the information that follows this phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and especially Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 16 7 axgu figs-quotesinquotes Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter that he is going ahead of them to Galilee and that they will see him there, just as he told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 16 8 sh40 figs-abstractnouns εἶχεν γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **amazement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “amazed”. Alternate translation: “for they were greatly amazed and trembled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MRK 16 8 bdgb εἶχεν 1 +MRK 16 8 bdgb figs-idiom εἶχεν γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις 1 Here, the word **gipping** is an idiom means “to over come.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for they were overcome by trembling and amazement” or for they were overcome with trembling and amazement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 16 8 ydb0 1 MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From e150f8714c9e12a24ab6a65d2f05cbe428f67b5b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 20:18:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 87/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index a8ebf6d72d..82c1d75f08 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1566,4 +1566,5 @@ MRK 16 7 axgu figs-quotesinquotes Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς MRK 16 8 sh40 figs-abstractnouns εἶχεν γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **amazement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “amazed”. Alternate translation: “for they were greatly amazed and trembled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 16 8 bdgb figs-idiom εἶχεν γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις 1 Here, the word **gipping** is an idiom means “to over come.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for they were overcome by trembling and amazement” or for they were overcome with trembling and amazement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 16 8 ydb0 1 +MRK 16 8 dlji ἐξελθοῦσαι 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **gone** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])\n MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 63a66e2f50261fc69932f20ba22b7d0c48612bf2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 20:19:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 88/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 82c1d75f08..19eee235d4 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1566,5 +1566,5 @@ MRK 16 7 axgu figs-quotesinquotes Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς MRK 16 8 sh40 figs-abstractnouns εἶχεν γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **amazement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “amazed”. Alternate translation: “for they were greatly amazed and trembled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 16 8 bdgb figs-idiom εἶχεν γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις 1 Here, the word **gipping** is an idiom means “to over come.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for they were overcome by trembling and amazement” or for they were overcome with trembling and amazement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 16 8 ydb0 1 -MRK 16 8 dlji ἐξελθοῦσαι 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **gone** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])\n +MRK 16 8 dlji figs-go ἐξελθοῦσαι 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **gone** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])\n MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From aa51d6fa06b53a06ff7e9edbc374354bca1cf1e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 20:25:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 89/89] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 19eee235d4..3194f33b16 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1563,8 +1563,8 @@ MRK 16 6 ie57 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your la MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is implied that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead!” or “He has risen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 7 x3u1 figs-explicit καὶ τῷ Πέτρῳ 1 The phrase **and Peter** is not making a distinction between **Peter** and the disciples by indicating that **Peter** is not part of the group of Jesus’ 12 **disciples**. Rather, the phrase **and Peter** is being used to emphasize that of all of the 12 disciples of Jesus, these women should take special care to tell Peter the information that follows this phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and especially Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 16 7 axgu figs-quotesinquotes Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter that he is going ahead of them to Galilee and that they will see him there, just as he told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 16 8 dlji figs-go ἐξελθοῦσαι 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **gone** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])\n MRK 16 8 sh40 figs-abstractnouns εἶχεν γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **amazement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “amazed”. Alternate translation: “for they were greatly amazed and trembled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 16 8 bdgb figs-idiom εἶχεν γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις 1 Here, the word **gipping** is an idiom means “to over come.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for they were overcome by trembling and amazement” or for they were overcome with trembling and amazement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 16 8 ydb0 1 -MRK 16 8 dlji figs-go ἐξελθοῦσαι 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **gone** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])\n +MRK 16 8 ydb0 καὶ οὐδενὶ οὐδὲν εἶπον 1 Alternate translation: “And they told no one anything” MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])